Sunteți pe pagina 1din 220

eNodeB

V100R005C00
Commissioning Guide
Issue 07
Date 2012-11-14
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.






Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
About This Document
Purpose
This document describes how to commission an eNodeB after the eNodeB is successfully
installed and configured to verify that the eNodeB works properly as designed. The eNodeB
supports three commissioning modes: M2000-based remote commissioning, USB-based local
commissioning+M2000-based remote commissioning, and LMT-based local commissioning.
Product Versions
The following table lists the product versions related to this document.
Product Name Product Version
DBS3900 LTE V100R005C00
DBS3900 LTE TDD V100R005C00
BTS3900 LTE V100R005C00
BTS3900A LTE V100R005C00
BTS3900L LTE V100R005C00
BTS3900AL LTE V100R005C00

Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l eNodeB installation engineers
l Field engineers
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide About This Document
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
Organization
1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
This chapter describes the changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide.
2 Commissioning Mode
The eNodeB supports the following commissioning modes: PnP remote commissioning, local
commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on the
LMT. You can select a commissioning mode based on the site conditions. PnP remote
commissioning is recommended.
3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
This chapter describes the following procedures: plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning,
local commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning
on the LMT.
4 Appendix
This chapter describes how to encrypt files in a Universal Serial Bus (USB) storage device and
provides the eNodeB commissioning data sheet.
5 FAQ
This chapter describes some common problems and solutions during commissioning.
Conventions
Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Symbol Description
Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which
if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not
avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,
performance degradation, or unexpected results.
Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save
time.
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement
important points of the main text.

General Conventions
The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide About This Document
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
Convention Description
Times New Roman Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.
Boldface Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in
boldface. For example, log in as user root.
Italic Book titles are in italics.
Courier New Examples of information displayed on the screen are in
Courier New.

Command Conventions
The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }
*
Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]
*
Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles
are in boldface. For example, click OK.
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"
signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide About This Document
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and
quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide About This Document
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide............................................................................1
2 Commissioning Mode..................................................................................................................8
3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures.......................................................................................10
3.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery.....................................................................................................11
3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning............................................................................................................................13
3.2.1 Commissioning Procedure.......................................................................................................................13
3.2.2 Preparations.............................................................................................................................................16
3.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................30
3.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task...............................................................................................32
3.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.......................................................................................................35
3.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion..................................................................................39
3.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000...................................................................40
3.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000...............................................................................44
3.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...............................................48
3.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................51
3.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.............................................................................................52
3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode..................................................................................................53
3.2.13 References to eNodeB Commissioning.................................................................................................54
3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive.............................................................................................62
3.3.1 Commissioning Procedure.......................................................................................................................63
3.3.2 Preparations.............................................................................................................................................66
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data Configuration File, and License File Using a USB Flash
Drive.................................................................................................................................................................69
3.3.4 Uploading Data Files...............................................................................................................................73
3.3.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task.............................................................................................83
3.3.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task...............................................................................................85
3.3.7 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.......................................................................................................88
3.3.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion..................................................................................92
3.3.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000...................................................................93
3.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000.............................................................................97
3.3.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the M2000...........................................101
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide Contents
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vi
3.3.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs....................................................................104
3.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................105
3.3.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................106
3.3.15 References to eNodeB Commissioning...............................................................................................107
3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT (Without the SeGW)..............................................................................115
3.4.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................116
3.4.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................119
3.4.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data Configuration File on the LMT...........122
3.4.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT....................................................125
3.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT................................................................................125
3.4.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the LMT................................................131
3.4.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................133
3.4.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT...........................................................................................134
3.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT..................................................................134
3.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................135
3.4.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB...............................................................136
3.4.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................139
3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT (with the SeGW)....................................................................................139
3.5.1 Commissioning Procedure.....................................................................................................................139
3.5.2 Preparations...........................................................................................................................................142
3.5.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data Configuration File on the LMT...........149
3.5.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT....................................................152
3.5.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT................................................................................153
3.5.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on the LMT................................................159
3.5.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs......................................................................161
3.5.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT...........................................................................................162
3.5.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT..................................................................162
3.5.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB...........................................................................................163
3.5.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB...............................................................164
3.5.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode................................................................................................166
4 Appendix.....................................................................................................................................168
4.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code Scanner..................................................................................................170
4.1.1 Printing a Bar Code on the M2000........................................................................................................170
4.1.2 Setting a Bar Code Scanner...................................................................................................................173
4.1.3 Binding the eNodeB by Scanning a Bar Code......................................................................................176
4.2 Triggering Monitoring Device Alarms...........................................................................................................177
4.2.1 Triggering PMU Alarms........................................................................................................................177
4.2.2 Triggering FMU Alarms........................................................................................................................183
4.2.3 Triggering TCU Alarms........................................................................................................................185
4.2.4 Triggering EMU Alarms.......................................................................................................................187
4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators...................................................................................................................189
4.4 Configuring the Preconfigurationn File..........................................................................................................195
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide Contents
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive............................................195
4.6 Binding Modes Between the M2000 and the eNodeB...................................................................................201
4.7 Data Sheet for eNodeB Commissioning.........................................................................................................203
5 FAQ..............................................................................................................................................207
5.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash Drive.........................................................................................................208
5.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash Drive................................................................................................209
5.3 Failing to Activate the Software.....................................................................................................................210
5.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the Preconfiguration File.........................................................210
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide Contents
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
viii
1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
This chapter describes the changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide.
07 (2012-11-14)
This is the seventh official release.
Compared with issue 06 (2012-09-20) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption
Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive
Added the description of how to perform
encryption and integrity protection on
multiple USB flash drives at the same time.

Compared with issue 06 (2012-09-20) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
change.
Topic Change Description
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption
Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive
Modified the description of the files for which
integrity protection and encryption can be
performed.

No information in issue 06 (2012-09-20) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue.
06 (2012-09-20)
This is the sixth official release.
Compared with issue 05 (2012-07-30) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
Topic Change Description
4.6 Binding Modes Between the M2000 and
the eNodeB
Added the section "Binding Modes Between
the M2000 and the eNodeB".

Compared with issue 05 (2012-07-30) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
changes.
Topic Change Description
3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures l Combined the PnP remote commissioning
procedures with the security gateway
(SeGW) and without the SeGW.
l Combined the local commissioning
procedures using a Universal Serial Bus
(USB) with the SeGW and without the
SeGW.
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption
Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive
Added the descriptions of files supporting
integrity and encryption protection.
Optimized the procedure.

The following information in issue 05 (2012-07-30) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue:
l Deleted the section "eNodeB Commissioning Procedures (with the SeGW)".
05 (2012-07-30)
This is the fifth official release.
Compared with issue 04 (2012-06-29) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any new
information.
Compared with issue 04 (2012-06-29) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
changes.
Topic Change Description
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
Combined steps 4 and 5 into step 4.
l Configuring the Security Equipment
l Configuring the Security Equipment
Modified tables of "SeGW configuration"
and "Descriptions of customized
information" in the "Configuring the Security
Equipment" topic.

No information in issue 04 (2012-06-29) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
04 (2012-06-29)
This is the fourth official release.
Compared with issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
Obtaining an Operator's Device Certificate
Manually (with PKI)
Added the procedure for manually obtaining
operators' certificates.

Compared with issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
changes.
Topic Change Description
l 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
l eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
(with the SeGW)
Modified the document organization by
separating the commissioning procedures for
scenarios with the SeGW and without the
SeGW, and separating the commissioning
procedures in unified encryption mode and in
differentiated encryption for the scenario
with the SeGW.

The following information in issue 03 (2012-05-11) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue:
l Deleted the section "Obtaining the Common Configuration File."
03 (2012-05-11)
This is the third official release.
Compared with issue 02 (2012-04-28) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
l 4.4 Configuring the Preconfigurationn
File
l 5.4 Failing to Download the Software
Based on the Preconfiguration File
Added sections on obtaining the common
configuration file, configuring the
preconfiguration file and failing to download
the software based on the preconfiguration
file.

Compared with issue 02 (2012-04-28) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any changes
or delete any information.
02 (2012-04-28)
This is the second official release.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
Compared with issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any new
information.
Compared with issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
changes.
Topic Change Description
l Overview of eNodeB Automatic
Discovery (with the SeGW)
l 3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the
Software, Data Configuration File, and
License File Using a USB Flash Drive
l 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
l 4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption
Protection to Files in the USB Flash
Drive
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
Optimized the description.

The following information in issue 01 (2012-03-30) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue:
l Obtaining the Common Configuration File
01 (2012-03-30)
This is the first official release.
Compared with draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators Added the descriptions of ACT indicator on
the main control board.
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
l Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
Added the description of downloading the
board software by using preconfiguration
file.
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the
Software, Data Configuration File, and
License File Using a USB Flash Drive
Added the figure of the USB port on UMPT
and the method of downloading the LMT
complete package by using a USB flash drive
when the LMPT is used.

Compared with draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00, this issue does not include any changes.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
The following information in draft B (2012-02-15) of V100R005C00 is deleted from this issue.
Topic Change Description
l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning
l PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified
Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)
l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB
Flash Drive
l Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash
Drive in Unified Encryption Mode (with
the SeGW)
l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(Without the SeGW)
l 3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(with the SeGW)
Deleted the procedure for comparing the
license and configuration data in the
commissioning.

Draft B (2012-02-15)
This is draft B.
Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
5 FAQ Added "FAQ."

Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue includes the following
changes.
Topic Change Description
l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning
l PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified
Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)
l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB
Flash Drive
l Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash
Drive in Unified Encryption Mode (with
the SeGW)
l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(Without the SeGW)
l 3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(with the SeGW)
Separated the description of remote
commissioning on the M2000, local
commissioning using a USB flash drive
+remote commissioning on the M2000, and
local commissioning on the LMT with the
SeGW and those without the SeGW.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
Topic Change Description
3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL
Mode
Changed "Setting eNodeB State" to
"Restoring the eNodeB to the Normal State"
and changed the operation procedure.

Compared with draft A (2012-01-10) of V100R005C00, this issue has no information deleted.
Draft A (2012-01-10)
This is draft A.
Compared with issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00, this issue includes the following new
information.
Topic Change Description
l 3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning
l PnP Remote Commissioning in Unified
Encryption Mode (with the SeGW)
l 3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB
Flash Drive
l Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash
Drive in Unified Encryption Mode (with
the SeGW)
l 3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(Without the SeGW)
l 3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT
(with the SeGW)
Added the procedure for comparing the
license and configuration data in all
commissioning scenarios.
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the
Software, Data Configuration File, and
License File Using a USB Flash Drive
Added the procedure for activating the
license file using the USB flash drive.
Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local
Commissioning
3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL
Mode
Added the procedure for querying the
eNodeB state.

Compared with issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00, this issue includes the following
change.
Topic Change Description
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the
Software, Data Configuration File, and
License File Using a USB Flash Drive
Changed the description of downloading the
LMT complete package using the USB flash
drive.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
The following information in issue 02 (2011-11-15) of V100R004C00 is deleted from this issue.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 1 Changes in eNodeB Commissioning Guide
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
2 Commissioning Mode
The eNodeB supports the following commissioning modes: PnP remote commissioning, local
commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning on the
LMT. You can select a commissioning mode based on the site conditions. PnP remote
commissioning is recommended.
Prerequisites
l Requirements for the device status and commissioning environment are described as
follows:
All hardware devices and cables have been properly installed. For details, see related
installation guides, which can be obtained at http://support.huawei.com/.
The eNodeB has passed a hardware check before power-on.
Before remote commissioning on the M2000, you have installed the mediation software
matching the target version of the eNodeB to be commissioned on the M2000 server.
l Requirements for the network are described as follows:
The eNodeB is connected to the mobility management entity (MME) or serving gateway
(S-GW) in the evolved packet core (EPC), and the MME or S-GW is configured with the
interconnection data required for commissioning and can provide the basic functions of the
EPC.
l Requirements for data configuration are described as follows:
Based on live network and eNodeB design requirements, the eNodeB configuration data
are configured using the configuration management express (CME) or man-machine
language (MML) command. For details, see eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide.
Application Scenario
Table 2-1 lists the application description for each commissioning scenario.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 2 Commissioning Mode
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
Table 2-1 Application description for commissioning scenarios
Commissioning
Mode
Application Scenario
3.2 PnP Remote
Commissioning
l The operation and maintenance (OM) channel between the
eNodeB and the M2000 works properly.
l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime greater than
or equal to 1 hour.
l The security gateway (SeGW) is deployed in the network. The
eNodeB and the M2000 belong to different domains. The
eNodeB communicates with the M2000 through the SeGW.
3.3 Local
Commissioning
Using a USB Flash
Drive
l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and the
M2000.
l A USB flash drive is available.
l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1
hour.
l The security gateway (SeGW) is deployed in the network. The
eNodeB and the M2000 belong to different domains. The
eNodeB communicates with the M2000 through the SeGW.
3.4 Local
Commissioning on
the LMT (Without
the SeGW)
l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and the
M2000.
l The USB flash drive is unavailable or damaged, or eNodeB
deployment using the USB flash drive fails.
l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1
hour.
l No SeGW is deployed in the network.
3.5 Local
Commissioning on
the LMT (with the
SeGW)
l No OM channel is established between the eNodeB and the
M2000.
l The USB flash drive is unavailable or damaged, or eNodeB
deployment using the USB flash drive fails.
l The eNodeB is relocated with permissible downtime less than 1
hour.
l The SeGW is deployed in the network.

CAUTION
If you select the local commissioning, ensure that you have all required items, such as a laptop,
the software package of the target version, the license file, a USB flash drive and reference
documents before starting commissioning. For details about the required items, see the section
on preparations for the commissioning mode used.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 2 Commissioning Mode
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the following procedures: plug and play (PnP) remote commissioning,
local commissioning using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive, and local commissioning
on the LMT.
3.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery
During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)
channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery.
3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning
To commission an eNodeB, you need to enable the plug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB
on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurred during automatic commissioning are
rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete, the eNodeB can work properly.
3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive
To perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive, you need to upgrade the
eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive,
and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, create an eNodeB
commissioning task on the M2000.
3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT (Without the SeGW)
To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need to
upgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna line
devices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish the
operation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000
server.
3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT (with the SeGW)
To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need to
upgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna line
devices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish the
operation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000
server.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
3.1 Overview of eNodeB Automatic Discovery
During eNodeB commissioning, the eNodeB sets up an operation and maintenance (OM)
channel with the M2000 using automatic discovery.
Introduction to the Automatic Discovery Process
Automatic discovery is a process during which the eNodeB is powered on and sets up an OM
channel with the M2000 after the hardware is installed, without manual intervention.
If the eNodeB and the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server are deployed on
different network segments, you are required to configure the router closest to the eNodeB on
the path between the eNodeB and the DHCP server as a DHCP relay. Configure the IP address
of the DHCP server for the M2000 as the DHCP relay address.
NOTE
If the M2000 server is deployed by using Server Load-Sharing (SLS), the previous IP address of the M2000
DHCP server refers to the IP address of the master M2000 server.
eNodeB Automatic Discovery Process
The eNodeB automatic discovery process varies according to the commissioning scenario.
eNodeB Automatic Discovery During PnP Remote Commissioning
Figure 3-1 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is as
follows:
1. The eNodeB performs power on self-test (POST).
2. The eNodeB learns virtual local area networks (VLANs) and obtains VLAN IDs (in VLAN
networking scenarios).
3. The eNodeB sends a DHCP request to the DHCP server of the M2000. The DHCP server
binds the eNodeB and the M2000 using the ESN, deployment ID, or GPS information.
After the binding, the DHCP server delivers information to the eNodeB. The information
includes the OM IP address, M2000 IP address, OM IP address mask, and M2000 IP address
mask. For details about the three binding modes, see 4.6 Binding Modes Between the
M2000 and the eNodeB.
4. The eNodeB sets up an OM channel with the M2000 after receiving a response to the DHCP
request from the M2000.
5. The eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files from
the M2000.
NOTE
l When the M2000 server is deployed by using SLS, if you want to create an eNodeB on the master
server, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the master server; if if you want to create
an eNodeB on the slave server, the IP address of the M2000 refers to the IP address of the slave server.
l Check DHCP message in the following ways:
l Log in to the LMT and create a PnP tracing task on the LMT. For details, see eNodeB LMT User
Guide.
l Log in to the M2000 client, choose Configuration > DHCP Configuration Management. The
DHCP Configuration Management tab page is displayed. In the Server Information area on
the DHCP Configuration Management tab page, check the DHCP message.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
Figure 3-1 eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning
eNodeB Automatic Discovery During Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive
Figure 3-2 shows the eNodeB automatic discovery process in this scenario. The process is as
follows:
1. Insert the commissioning USB flash drive into the USB port on the eNodeB.
2. The eNodeB performs power on self-test (POST).
3. The eNodeB reads and activates the eNodeB software and configuration files in the USB
flash drive, and then automatically resets.
4. The eNodeB sets up an OM link with the M2000.
Figure 3-2 eNodeB automatic discovery during local commissioning using a USB flash drive
Figure 3-3 shows a typical commissioning scenario without the SeGW deployed in the network.
The eNodeB, mobility management entity (MME), serving gateway (SGW), and M2000 can
directly communicate with each other.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
Figure 3-3 Commissioning scenario without the SeGW

3.2 PnP Remote Commissioning
To commission an eNodeB, you need to enable the plug and play (PnP) function of the eNodeB
on the M2000 client. After the faults (if any) occurred during automatic commissioning are
rectified and the commissioning procedure is complete, the eNodeB can work properly.
3.2.1 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes how to perform plug and play (PnP) remote eNodeB commissioning.
Figure 3-4 shows the procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
Figure 3-4 Procedure for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
Table 3-1 Commissioning procedure
St
ep
Operation Mandat
ory/
Option
al
1 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Prepare for remote eNodeB commissioning using the PnP,
which involves obtaining eNodeB information and
commissioning tools, and obtaining the eNodeB software
and files required for automatic deployment. For details, see
3.2.2 Preparations.
Mandato
ry
2 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. For
details, see 3.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning
Task.
Mandato
ry
3 Start the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. For
details, see 3.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning
Task.
Mandato
ry
4 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. For
details, see 3.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning.
Mandato
ry
5 After eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm the
eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 3.2.6
Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.
Mandato
ry
6 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the eNodeB
operating status, and rectify the faults indicated in the
eNodeB commissioning report if any. For details, see 3.2.7
Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the
M2000.
Mandato
ry
7 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,
see 3.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the
M2000.
Optional
8 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,
commission the equipment so that it operates properly. For
details, see 3.2.9 Commissioning the Environment
Monitoring Equipment on the M2000.
Optional
9 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs on the
M2000. RRU and RFU are short for remote radio unit and
radio frequency unit, respectively. For details, see 3.2.10
Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or
RFUs.
Optional
10 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see
3.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.
Optional
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
St
ep
Operation Mandat
ory/
Option
al
11 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB
starts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to the
normal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.2.12 Setting
an NE to the NORMAL Mode.
Mandato
ry

NOTE
After an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly by
observing the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations for
rectifying possible faults, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
3.2.2 Preparations
To commission an eNodeB in PnP remote commissioning mode, you need to collect related
eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and upload the required files. When the
security gateway (SeGW) is deployed, prepare the bearer network by referring to Transmission
Security Feature Parameter Description.
Context
Figure 3-5 shows the procedure for preparing for PnP remote eNodeB commissioning.
Figure 3-5 Procedure for preparing for PnP remote commissioning

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
Obtaining eNodeB Information and Commissioning Tools
Before PnP remote eNodeB commissioning, you must obtain eNodeB information and
commissioning tools.
Procedure
Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2 Information related to the eNodeB
Item Source or Remarks
eNodeB name Planned by the operator.
Deployment ID Planned by the operator.
eNodeB electronic
serial number (ESN)
NOTE
The ESN information is
optional and it is
collected only in
scenarios where the
ESN is used to bind the
eNodeB.
ESN identifies an NE uniquely. During network deployment, the
installation engineer reports the mapping relationship between the
location of each site and the ESN to the staff at the maintenance
center.
The ESN is attached to the baseband unit (BBU) in the following
two ways:
l If the fan module on the BBU is not attached with a label, the
ESN is printed on the mounting ear of the BBU, as shown in
Figure 3-6. Record the ESN and the site information and then
report them to the operation and maintenance (OM) personnel.
l If the fan module on the BBU is attached with a label, the ESN
is printed on the label of the fan module and the mounting ear of
the BBU, as shown in Figure 3-7. You must remove the label to
record the site information on the side labeled Site on the label.
Then, report the information to the OM personnel.

Figure 3-6 Location of the ESN (I)
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
Figure 3-7 Location of the ESN (II)
Step 2 Obtain the tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000, as described in Table
3-3.
Table 3-3 Tools required for the remote commissioning on the M2000
Tool Description
Testing UE The testing UE is functional and is registered in the home subscriber
server (HSS).

----End
Preparing an eNodeB Deployment List
You need to prepare an eNodeB deployment list before uploading relevant data files.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client if you need to export the eNodeB deployment list
from the M2000 client.
l You have obtained planned data for eNodeB deployment from network planning engineers.
Procedure
Step 1 Obtain the deployment list.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
Option Description
Deployment lists
are exported
from the CME
If the CME has been deployed and you have initially configured the
eNodeB on the CME, it is recommended that you use the CME to export
the eNodeB deployment list. For detailed operations, see Exporting Auto
Deployment Configuration Files in M2000 Help.
Obtain and open the exported deployment list. Check whether the software
version, cold patch, and hot patch are consistent with planned ones. If they
are inconsistent, you need to change them as planned. In addition, you need
to enter other relevant data.
NOTE
The deployment list must be exported from the CME V200R012C00 or later
releases.
Deployment lists
are exported
from the M2000
client
If the CME has not been deployed, you can export the eNodeB deployment
list from the eNodeB Auto Deployment window on the M2000 client.
1. Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto
Deployment from the main menu of the M2000 client. The eNodeB
Auto Deployment window is displayed.
2. Click . The Save dialog box is displayed.
3. Specify a save path and click Save.
4. Open the exported deployment list and enter or modify relevant data
based on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planning
engineers.
NOTE
l An eNodeB deployment list is in CSV format and its default name is
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_List.csv. You can enter or modify relevant data
based on the planned data that is confirmed with the network planning engineers
by referring to Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.
l If there is a commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can export
the available deployment list and modify it based on the planned data.
l If there is no commissioning task in the commissioning task list, you can export
an empty deployment list and enter information based on the planned data.
Before the deployment, check whether the planned target version is consistent with the target
version in the deployment list.
l If they are consistent, use this deployment list to proceed with the deployment.
l If they are inconsistent, change the target version in the deployment list to the planned target
version. The following uses eNodeB commissioning as an example.
If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPCXXX, edit the eNodeB Software
Version field.
If the planned target version is V100R003C00SPHXXX, edit the eNodeB Hot Patch
Version field. In the eNodeB Software Version field, you must enter the corresponding
V100R003C00SPCXXX.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
NOTE
l XXX consists of three digits, indicating the version number.
l Currently, the parameter for the cold patch version in the deployment list is not used.
l When you manually fill in or modify the deployment list, ensure that all the characters you enter
are valid. The commissioning may fail if you enter invalid characters such as comma (,) and
quotation mark (") or press Enter during deployment list modification.
----End
Uploading Data Files
Upload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files required
for procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hot
patches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.
Prerequisites
You have logged in to the M2000 client.
Context
You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:
l Prepare for the commissioning.
Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.
l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.
The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized procedures
are available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.
Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to the
M2000 server.
The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on the
M2000 server. For details, see Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 File save paths
File Type Save Path
Software
version or
cold patch
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB Software
Version/
Hot patch /export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/
Configurati
on data file
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/
Deploymen
t list
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
File Type Save Path
RET
antenna
software
version and
configurati
on data file
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/
RET
antenna
template
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/
RETTemplate/
Commissio
ning license
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/YYMMDD/CommissionLicense/

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload data
files as required.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload NE
software
versions
l Upload one by one
One or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE types
are uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.
NOTE
When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating that
the NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, you
need to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of base
stations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload
cold
patches
l Upload one by one
One or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded
at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload hot
patches
l Upload one by one
One or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded
at a time.
1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.
Upload
configurati
on data
files
1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box is
displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you want
to upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog
box is displayed.
CAUTION
The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..
\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains only
one XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select the
eNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multiple
eNodeBName folders at a time.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the Destination
Path area. You can only view the path.
Upload
deploymen
t lists
1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to
OSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload Deployment List dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.
NOTE
If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty
deployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload the
template. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are the
same. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out these
templates.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload
RET
antenna
software
versions
and
configurati
l Upload one by one
One or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data files
corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.
1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data files
corresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.
1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
If you
need to...
Then...
on data
files
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files are uploaded.
Upload
RET
antenna
templates
1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to
OSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload RET Template dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.
NOTE
If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RET
antenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload the
template.
Upload
commissio
ning
licenses
1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client
to OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload Commission License dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The system
starts uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
3.2.3 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task
This section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client after
commissioning preparations are complete.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.
l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan the
area to which the eNodeB belongs.
l In scenarios without the SeGW, if the eNodeB and the M2000 server are deployed on
different network segments, you are required to configure the router closest to the eNodeB
on the path between the eNodeB and the M2000 server as a Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) relay. Configure the IP address of the DHCP server for the M2000 as the
DHCP relay address.
l In scenarios with the SeGW, if the eNodeB and the public DHCP server are deployed on
different segments, you are required to configure the router closest to the eNodeB on the
path between the eNodeB and the public DHCP server as a DHCP relay. Configure the IP
address of the DHCP relay as the public DHCP server address, and the IP address of the
DHCP server in scenarios with the SeGW as the IP address of the DCHP server for the
M2000.
NOTE
In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP server IP address of the
M2000 refers to the host IP address.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 Select deployment lists.
1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.
If you need
to...
Then...
Import a
deployment list
from the server
Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-
down list box.
Import a
deployment list
from the client
Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step is
mandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.
NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If the
M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NE
belongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:
l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the
OMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.
l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the
OMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.
l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server to
an IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.
NOTE
Onsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been planned
for eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.
l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.
l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.
4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.
Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:
l Common Connection: Security authentication is not performed between the M2000
and the NE.
l SSL Connection: Security authentication is performed between the M2000 and the NE.
After security authentication is passed, a secure connection can be established, thereby
ensuring communication security and integrity. If this mode is selected, you also need
to set an authentication mode. Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and
OSS Authentication NE, where Anonymous Authority is the default authentication
mode.
NOTE
To enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication mode
for NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 and
NEs in this step.
Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.
After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty values
and invalid NE configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether the import
succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.
l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for each
eNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tab
page.
l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tab
page.
Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatory
when you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.
NOTE
You can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring to
Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.
1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cells
containing parameter values to change the values.
You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, you
can perform the following operations to change the ESNs:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.
b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the Deployment
Parameter dialog box.
NOTE
You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between NEs and the M2000.
2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window and
highlighted in red.
----End
3.2.4 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task
This section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeB
commissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, the
M2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.
Context
A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200
commissioning tasks are being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and choose
Start from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.
NOTE
l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.
l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.
l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.
For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 3-5.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
Table 3-5 Description of commissioning process
No. Procedur
e
Step Description
1 Auto
Discovery
Check OM
channel
When connection of the transport network is
proper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OM
channel to connect to the desired eNodeB based
on the deployment list, and commissions and
maintains the NodeB through this channel.
Wait for manual
operation
After the OM channel is set up, the status of the
commissioning task changes to Waiting for
manual operation. Manually confirm the
completion and proceed with the commissioning
after the commissioning environment of the
network is ready.
2 Auto
Configura
tion
Download
software
The M2000 automatically checks whether the
current eNodeB version is the same as the target
software version given in the deployment list. If
the versions are not the same, the M2000
automatically downloads software from the
server to the eNodeB.
Download
configuration
The M2000 downloads the desired configuration
file from the server to the eNodeB based on the
target version information.
Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takes
effect after next reset) and then activate the
software (automatic reset).
3 Auto
Planning
Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB auto
deployment.
4 Upload
commissi
oning
license
Distribute
commissioning
license
When some eNodeB functions are restricted
because the eNodeB uses the default license upon
delivery, you need to install a commissioning
license. The commissioning license has time
restriction. You need to replace the
commissioning license with the commercial one
as soon as possible after the eNodeB
commissioning is complete.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
No. Procedur
e
Step Description
5 Commissi
on RET
Upgrade RET
software version
The target RET antenna software version is
provided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliers
and saved on the local PC.
l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the
sites must be commissioned.
l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and
the antennas are managed by the NodeB, you
do not need to commission the RET antennas.
l When antennas are managed by the
management system of a third party, you do
not need to commission RET antennas.
Upgrade RET
configuration
The RET antenna configuration file is provided
by ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RET
antenna configuration data may vary according to
RET antenna types and suppliers.
Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissioned
correctly during the commissioning.
6 Test and
monitor
Test installation
& deployment
quality
Services carried on the RF module will be
interrupted during operation. If an RF module is
shared by base stations of different RATs,
services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.
The check may take several minutes. The project
quality check involves the VSWR, offline
intermodulation interference, and crossed pair.
Monitor cell
service status
Check whether any active cells exist under the
eNodeB.
You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on the
M2000 during software commissioning to locate
and handle exceptions in time.
7 Perform
NHC
Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn the
eNodeB operating status.
8 Wait for
confirmati
on
Wait for
confirmation
After service verification is complete, the
commissioning task is in the Waiting for
Confirmation state. You need to manually
confirm that the commissioning is complete.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
NOTE
The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.
l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceed
with subsequent operations.
l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and a
maximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, the
system issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RF
modules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.
Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures are
available.
If... Then...
Not all the
required data
files are available
1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing check
results about the required data files.
l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.
l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.
2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.
3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.
For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.
4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning
tasks again.
All the required
data files are
available
The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enter
the Running state.
NOTE
If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog box
is not displayed.
----End
3.2.5 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning
This section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn about
commissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.
Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks
This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on the
M2000 to learn about process of the tasks.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
Context
l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view
commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.
l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a
commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does not
restart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When the
system displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. in
Description for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want to
perform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can
choose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query the
NE upgrade task.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.
TIP
You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:
l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures are
displayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.
l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to
view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status of
steps for commissioning procedures.
The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of each
commissioning substep.
Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number of
commissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.
----End
Handling eNodeB Alarms
This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automatically
upgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBs
are categorized by object to help you query required alarms.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of the
commissioning has not yet been confirmed.
Context
Alarms are categorized into the following types by object: physical transmission port alarms,
transmission link alarms, antenna alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other
alarms. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specific objects.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from the
shortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.
In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For details
about the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning
Window.
Step 3 Handle alarms.
1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.
2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason And
Advice.
3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.
----End
Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis
This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automatic
fault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use the
automatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that is
being commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faults
based on the diagnosis results.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioning
tasks has not yet been confirmed.
Context
CAUTION
eNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to perform
the diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.
eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involves
the VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.
After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task and
displays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the fault
diagnosis report.
If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.
If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from the
shortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.
Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.
1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specific
alarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object or
alarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settings
dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnose
type area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and then
click OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.
3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.
During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.
NOTE
Fault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executed
by the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.
4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis task
list, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.
----End
Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks
This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or starting
eNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.
Context
For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 3-6.
Table 3-6 Operations on commissioning tasks
Opera
tion
Description
Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.
Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,
Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.
Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
Opera
tion
Description
Resum
e
You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.
Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,
Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and perform
operations as required.
If you
need to...
Then...
Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasks
return to the Running state.
Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks are
in the Paused state.
Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasks
proceed from where they are paused.
Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasks
return to the Wait for Start state.
Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. The
Confirm dialog box is displayed.
2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End
3.2.6 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion
When the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, you
need to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.
l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
Procedure
Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto
Deployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.
Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioning
task list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.
----End
3.2.7 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000
This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB through
the M2000.
Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning Reports
This section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeB
commissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, error
information, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning tasks
when the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Commissioning tasks are running.
Context
The exported commissioning report records the information about only the selected
commissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generated
commissioning report does not contain the information about this task.
The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified as
the date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report from
the shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at the
same time.
If... Then...
You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.
You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,
the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming convention
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report.zip. For example,
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report.zip.
Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-click
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_index.html to view the commissioning report.
If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm data
is saved in the alarm sub-folder.
----End
Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report
This section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health check
report to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.
Prerequisites
The eNodeB commissioning report is available.
Context
Table 3-7 shows the eNodeB health checklist.
Table 3-7 eNodeB health checklist
Item Subitem Description
eNodeB software
version
eNodeB software status Check the operating status of the
eNodeB software.
eNodeB software version
information
Check the information about the
running eNodeB software
version.
Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.
Environment temperature and
humidity
Check the environment
temperature and humidity.
eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB type
is correct in the data
configuration.
Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective data
applied to modules is consistent
with the configured data in the
database.
Active alarms Check for the active alarms
reported by an NE.
Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
Item Subitem Description
MBTS alarms
NOTE
This item is not
required for a single-
mode eNodeB.
Inter-RAT communication
alarms
Check the status of inter-RAT
communication.
Inter-RAT BBU board parameter
settings conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for BBU boards.
Inter-RAT cabinet configuration
conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
configurations are consistent for
cabinets.
Inter-RAT monitoring device
parameter settings conflict
alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for monitoring devices.
Inter-RAT board object
configuration conflict alarms
Check inter-RAT configurations
are consistent for board objects.
Inter-RAT RF unit parameter
settings conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for RF units.
Inter-RAT site-level
configuration conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
configurations are consistent for
sites.
Inter-RAT control rights conflict
alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
control rights are consistent.
RF unit working mode and board
capability mismatch alarms
Check whether the working
mode for the RF unit matches the
board capability.
Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.
Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmit
channel.
Receive channel status Check the status of the receive
channel.
RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.
Memory usage Check the memory usage.
Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flash
memory.
Board status Check the status of a board.
Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2
interface and the information
about the peer eNodeB.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
Item Subitem Description
S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1
interface and the information
about the MME.
GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings for
the Ethernet port.
E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings for
the E1/T1 port.
Remote maintenance channel
status
Check the parameter settings for
all remote maintenance channels
of the eNodeB.
SCTP link status Check the parameter settings for
the SCTP link.
IP path status Check the parameter settings for
an IP path.
CPRI port status Check the parameter settings for
the CPRI port.
Clock status Clock status Check the status of the current
clock in the basic cabinet,
including the reference clock,
clock quality, clock priority,
clock working mode, and status
of the phase-locked loop.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine the
eNodeB operating status.
Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarms
by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does not
work properly, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.
You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:
l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in
the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse Current
Alarm in the M2000 Online Help.
l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,
right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Current Alarm from the shortcut
menu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details
Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
3.2.8 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000
Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electrical
tilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).
(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt
(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase are
not selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after the
commissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission the
RET antenna.
Prerequisites
l The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.
l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.
l The RET software and data configuration file are available.
l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
l Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data
configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RET
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, the
RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The RET is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
Step 3 Add an RET antenna.
MML command: ADD RET
Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huawei
for technical support.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.
MML command:DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current RET software
version is the same as the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 7 to download the RET data configuration file.
The current RET software
version is different from the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the software
of other RET antennas.
Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.
1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.
MML command: DSP RET
The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You must
download the data configuration file for each subunit.
2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.
MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA
If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multiple
RET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.
Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.
MML command: CLB RET
NOTE
If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and the
mapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.
If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.
Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.
If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether the
RET downtilt is calibrated successfully.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.
MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
2. Set the RET downtilt.
MML command:MOD RETTILT
If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for other
RET antennas.
3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configured
downtilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. If
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB Alarm
Reference.
MML command: DSP RETPORT
----End
Commissioning the TMA on the M2000
This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whether
the current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they are
different, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA
automatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.
Prerequisites
l The TMA is installed correctly.
l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.
l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeB
and the M2000 server.
Context
l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.
l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.
l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.
l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The TMA is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add a TMA.
MML command: ADD TMA
Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.
MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT
l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this
situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.
l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.
MML command: DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current TMA software
version is the same as the
target TMA software
version
Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and perform
Step 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms.
The current TMA software
version is different from the
target TMA software
version
Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software of
other TMAs.
Step 8 Set the TMA gain.
MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to set
the gains for other TMAs.
Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeB
Alarm Reference.
----End
3.2.9 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on
the M2000
After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that it
functions properly.
Setting Environment Alarm Parameters
This section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible range
and add user-defined alarms as required.
Prerequisites
l The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.
l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly
set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product
Description, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description
and EMUA User Guide.
Context
The remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit
(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in the
APM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parameters
includes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.
Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. When
setting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specific
subrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.
1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.
2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The
Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-8.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
Figure 3-8 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm
Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.
NOTE
l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033
to 65233.
l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the door
status alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must also
be 65035.
4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NE
Alarm Setting window.
5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.
A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.
If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. If
saving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify the
fault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.
Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.
1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.
2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-
defined alarm binding relationship.
l Single binding
a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shown
in Figure 3-9.
b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Search
by name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Event
navigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set binding
parameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,
alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.
NOTE
If a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify a
condition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you must
set upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.
c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the
NE Alarm Setting window.
Figure 3-9 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding
a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm Binding
Template dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-10.
Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records on
the Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.
Figure 3-10 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,
and specify the save path and name for the exported template.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to the
example in the template.
d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.
Then, click OK.
The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the
Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.
3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.
A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful
or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icon
disappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failure
cause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.
----End
Checking for External Environment Alarms
This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting the
parameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking for
external environment alarms.
Context
You can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.
If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.
Procedure
Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix Triggering
Monitoring Device Alarms.
Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faults
and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environment
alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is
reported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
Example
Assuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whether
the parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:
1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed Sensor
Disabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.
2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether water
damage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settings
are correct.
3.2.10 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs
This section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) or
radio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
Prerequisites
l The RRU or RFU is connected properly.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.
Context
The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.
If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands to
manually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one.
The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than the
maximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmit
channel No. of the RRU or RFU.
Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by the
RRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.
Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.
Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.
Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum output
power for the RRU or RFU takes effect.
If... Then...
The maximum output
power takes effect
No further action is required.
The maximum transmit
power fails to be set
Set the maximum output power within the power specifications
supported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output power
still fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTE
Before returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTC
command to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the setting
to take effect.
----End
3.2.11 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB
This section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.
l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.
l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.
l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.
Procedure
l Test the web page browsing service.
Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.
Perform the test 20 times.
Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.
Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.
Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and none
of the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear with
no loud noise.

----End
3.2.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,
set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab
page is displayed.
2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-click
Query Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, the
configuration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance
Mode tab page is displayed.
2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. The
Set Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Select the target NE and specify the time.
4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.
5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.
6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.
NOTE
The alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.
----End
3.2.13 References to eNodeB Commissioning
This chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to the
deployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.
Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning Window
This section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the function
of each element.
Main Window
Figure 3-11 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 3-8 describes the
window.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
Figure 3-11 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 3-8 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.
Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A message
will be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.
2 Commissioni
ng task list
Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You can
right-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu item
from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.
NOTE
l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a
specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,
click on the toolbar.
l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic
configuration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or delete
the commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades but
proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When the
system displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.
Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NE
upgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deployment
again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can choose
Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task
to query the NE upgrade task.
3 Shortcut
menu
You can right-click a task, and then choose the corresponding
menu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
4 Operation
result
Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window
Figure 3-12 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 3-9
describes the window.
Figure 3-12 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 3-9 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 Alarm object
tree
After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of this
object type in the alarm list in the right pane.
2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type are
displayed in the alarm list.
3 Diagnosis
task list
Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
Window for Uploading Data Files
Figure 3-13 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 3-10 describes the window.
Figure 3-13 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 3-10 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.
2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.
3 Tab named after
a data file type
Displays tabs named after data file types that are required for
commissioning.
4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the type
of data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List
This section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.
Table 3-11 provides the meanings of the parameters.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
NOTE
l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:
l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,
the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.
l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not to
be exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.
l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited in
the auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is imported
into the M2000.
l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory column
in Table 3-11.
l One of eNodeB ESN, Deployment ID, and eNodeB Longitude/eNodeB Latitude must be specified.
l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in the
deployment.
l One of eNodeB Software Version, eNodeB Cold Patch Version, and eNodeB Hot Patch Version must
be specified.
Table 3-11 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No
eNodeB Name Name of the
eNodeB. The
parameter contains
0 to 64 characters.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeB
backplane.
The ESN uniquely
identifies an
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
Deployment ID ID for deploying an
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
Interface Type
Type of the interface
for carrying the OM
channel of the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
Bearing Board
Board carried by the
OM channel of the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM IP
Address
IP addresses of the
OM channel for the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM IP
Subnet Mask
IP address subnet
mask of the OM
channel for the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB Interface
IP Address
Interface IP address
used by the eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB Interface
IP Subnet Mask
Subnet mask of the
interface IP address
used by the eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB M2000
IP Address
IP address of the
M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB M2000
IP Subnet Mask
Subnet mask for the
IP address of the
M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM Next
Hop IP Address
Next-hop IP address
from the eNodeB to
the M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
VLAN ID
VLAN ID of the
eNodeB.
The
paramet
er is
specifie
d if
VLANs
are
configu
red in
the
networ
k.
l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB OM
VLAN Priority
VLAN priority of
the OM channel
used by the eNodeB.
The
paramet
er is
specifie
d if
VLANs
are
configu
red in
the
networ
k.
l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Serving
SecGW IP
Address
IP address of the
security gateway
used by the eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Serving
SecGW Local
Name
Name of the security
gateway used by the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Longitude
Longitude of the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Latitude Latitude of the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Software
Version
Software version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB Cold
Patch Version
Cold patch version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB Hot
Patch Version
Hot patch version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Physical
Location
Physical position of
the eNodeB. This
parameter contains
0 to 128 characters.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB CA
Name
Name of a
certification
authority (CA).
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB CA URL Path for obtaining
the CA certificate.
The format is http
(s)://CAIP:CAport/
CAPath.
This parameter is set
in secure scenarios
for certificate
acquisition. Only
the CMPv2 protocol
is supported.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
Contact Onsite personnel
and contact
information.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes

3.3 Local Commissioning Using a USB Flash Drive
To perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive, you need to upgrade the
eNodeB software and data configuration files using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive,
and check the running status of indicators on the eNodeB. Then, create an eNodeB
commissioning task on the M2000.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
3.3.1 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes how to perform local eNodeB commissioning using a Universal Serial
Bus (USB) flash drive.
Figure 3-14 shows the procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
Figure 3-14 Procedure for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB storage device

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
NOTE
You can insert the USB flash drive before or after the eNodeB is powered on. The figure takes inserting
the USB flash drive after the eNodeB is powered on as an example.
Table 3-12 Commissioning procedure
Step Operation Manda
tory/
Option
al
1 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Prepare for local eNodeB commissioning using a USB
flash drive, which involves obtaining the eNodeB
information and commissioning tools, and obtaining files.
For details, see 3.3.2 Preparations.
Mandat
ory
2 Local
operations
Download and activate the eNodeB software and data
configuration files using a USB flash drive. For details, see
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data
Configuration File, and License File Using a USB Flash
Drive.
Mandat
ory
3 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,
upload the eNodeB deployment list and the files required
for remote commissioning on the M2000.For details, see
3.3.4 Uploading Data Files.
Optiona
l
4 Create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. For
details, see 3.3.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning
Task.
NOTE
If eNodeB software and data configuration files are already
upgraded using a USB flash drive onsite, right-click a deployment
list imported to the M2000 and choose Task Settings from the
shortcut menu. In the displayed Task Settings dialog box, clear
the Download Software, Download Configuration, and Active
check boxes to skip these steps during the commissioning.
Mandat
ory
5 Start the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000. For
details, see 3.3.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning
Task.
Mandat
ory
6 Monitor the eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000.
For details, see 3.3.7 Monitoring eNodeB
Commissioning.
Mandat
ory
7 After eNodeB commissioning is complete, confirm the
eNodeB commissioning task. For details, see 3.3.8
Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion.
Mandat
ory
8 Check the eNodeB commissioning report for the eNodeB
operating status, and rectify the faults, if any, indicated in
the eNodeB commissioning report. For details, see 3.3.9
Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the
M2000.
Mandat
ory
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
Step Operation Manda
tory/
Option
al
9 Commission the antenna system on the M2000. For details,
see 3.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the
M2000.
Optiona
l
10 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,
commission the equipment so that it operates properly. For
details, see 3.3.11 Commissioning the Environment
Monitoring Equipment on the M2000.
Optiona
l
11 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRU
and RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequency
unit, respectively. For details, see 3.3.12 Setting the
Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.
Optiona
l
12 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see
3.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.
Optiona
l
13 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB
starts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to the
normal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.3.14 Setting
an NE to the NORMAL Mode.
Mandat
ory

NOTE
After an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly by
observing the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations for
rectifying possible faults, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
3.3.2 Preparations
To perform local eNodeB commissioning using a USB flash drive, you need to collect related
eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and save the required files to the USB flash
drive. When the security gateway (SeGW) is deployed, prepare the bearer network by referring
to Transmission Security Feature Parameter Description..
Preparing a USB Flash Drive for Local Commissioning
Before commissioning an eNodeB using a USB flash drive locally, you need to save the required
files in the specified directory in the USB flash drive.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB software package and data configuration files are available.
l The commissioning license is ready if you need to load and activate the license file using
the USB flash drive.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
l The USB flash drive and commissioning files have been scanned by using the antivirus
software and no virus was detected. The commissioning files include the software package,
data configuration file, and license file.
Context
The security of the USB loading port is ensured by applying encryption and integrity protection
to files in the USB flash drive.
Procedure
Step 1 Obtain the tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive, as described
in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive
Tool Description
USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicates
the data transmission status.
l Capacity 256 MB
l Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.
l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,
such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. In
addition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smart
phone.
l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used for
other purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those with
Chinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.
The USB security
protection tool
(optional)
Obtain the tool from M2000 installation folder\client\client
\USBProtector.

Step 2 Obtain the eNodeB software and files for automatic eNodeB deployment. The required files are
shown in Table 3-14.
NOTE
l The eNodeB software package is ready, and can be downloaded from http://support.huawei.com.
The preconfiguration file (Precfg.ini) is provided in the software package.
l The name of the data configuration file must be CFGDATA.XML. The file name is case-sensitive.
Perform configurations according to eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide, change the name of the data
configuration file from M2000.XML to CFGDATA.XML, and save the file to a local computer.
Step 3 Save the required files to the following paths of the USB flash drive, depending on the specific
scenarios, shown in Table 3-14. (The save path is case-sensitive and cannot be changed.)
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
NOTE
l If only one data configuration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB
\CFGDATA.XML. If several data configuration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several new
ESN folders and save the data configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path is usb:
\eNodeB\ESN\CFGDATA.XML. The eNodeB preferentially reads the data configuration file in the ESN
folder.
l If you want to load BootROM version during the eNodeB deployment, save the BootROM software
(FIRMWARE.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package (SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.
l If you want to load a hot or cold patch during the eNodeB deployment, save the patch package
(SWCPATCH.CSP or SWHPATCH.CSP) in the directory where the eNodeB software package
(SOFTWARE.CSP) is saved.
l When you save the software package, save the software version file, that is, the .CSP file to usb:\eNodeB
\Software\.
l The preconfiguration file is used to download the files for the boards not configured yet. For details about
how to configure the preconfiguration file, see 4.4 Configuring the Preconfigurationn File.
l If only one preconfiguration file is saved to the USB flash drive, save it to usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini. If several
preconfiguration files are saved to the USB flash drive, create several new ESN folders and save the data
configuration files to the corresponding ESN folders. The save path is usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini. The
eNodeB preferentially reads the preconfiguration file in the ESN folder.
l Only one license file is allowed in the folder that contains the license file, and the value of ESN must be
ANY.
Table 3-14 Mappings between the files and the specified file paths in the USB flash drive
File Specified File Path in the USB Flash Drive
BootROM software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\
eNodeB software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\
Cold patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\
Hot patch software package usb:\eNodeB\Software\
Data configuration file usb:\eNodeB\CFGDATA.XML or usb:\eNodeB\ESN
\CFGDATA.XML
License file usb:\eNodeB\License\
Preconfiguration file usb:\eNodeB\Precfg.ini or usb:\eNodeB\ESN\Precfg.ini

Step 4 Perform encryption and integrity protection on files in the USB flash drive. For details, see 4.5
Applying Integrity and Encryption Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive.
CAUTION
Before performing the encryption and integrity protection, read 4.5 Applying Integrity and
Encryption Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive carefully.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
3.3.3 Downloading and Activating the Software, Data
Configuration File, and License File Using a USB Flash Drive
The eNodeB automatically downloads the software, data configuration file and license file from
the USB flash drive. After the download is complete, the eNodeB automatically activates the
software, data configuration file, and the license file. Then, the eNodeB is reset.
Prerequisites
l A USB flash drive is ready. The required files are saved in the USB flash drive.
l The hardware such as remote radio units (RRUs) and LTE baseband processing units
(LBBPs) have been properly connected.
CAUTION
When you save the required files into the USB flash drive, ensure that the locking switch on the
USB flash drive is disabled. In other words, the USB flash drive must be writable.
Context
Before downloading files from a USB flash drive, the eNodeB verifies the names and formats
of the files. If integrity protection has been applied to files in the USB flash drive, the eNodeB
verifies the integrity of the files. If the verification fails, the eNodeB does not download the files.
Before downloading the software and data configuration file, the eNodeB automatically checks
the working mode of the RRU. Then, the eNodeB downloads and activates the corresponding
software and data configuration file based on the working mode of the RRU.
You must pay attention to the following points when you download and activate the software,
data configuration file, and license file using the USB flash drive:
l If the software and data configuration file in the USB flash drive are already activated, they
cannot be reactivated for the same eNodeB because of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC)
function. The CRC function can prevent the software and data configuration file from being
reactivated when the USB flash drive is always inserted into the eNodeB. The CRC function
can also prevent the eNodeB from being reset again after eNodeB deployment using the
USB flash drive.
l If the USB flash drive contains only the eNodeB software and data configuration file, the
eNodeB downloads and activates the eNodeB software, and then downloads and activates
the data configuration file.
l If the eNodeB software or data configuration file is missing in the USB flash drive, the
eNodeB performs the following steps:
If the software is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the data configuration
file and license file except the software.
If the data configuration file is missing, the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum
configuration of the target version and downloads and activates the license file except
the data configuration file.
If the license file is missing, the eNodeB downloads and activates the software and data
configuration file except the license file.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
l If the eNodeB software upgrade fails, the eNodeB will roll back its software to the source
version.
l Before downloading and activating the data configuration file, the eNodeB does not check
the compatibility between the data configuration file and the eNodeB software version. The
eNodeB performs the following activities:
If the target software version is not the same as the active software version, the eNodeB
checks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software after the
software is upgraded and the eNodeB is reset. If the software is incompatible with the
data configuration file or the download and activation of the data configuration file fail,
the eNodeB upgrades to the minimum configuration of the target version.
If the target software version is the same as the active software version, the eNodeB
checks the mapping between the data configuration file and the software without
upgrading the software. If the software is incompatible with the data configuration file
or the download and activation of the data configuration file fail, the eNodeB uses the
data configuration file of the source version.
l The eNodeB does not download or activate the eNodeB software, data configuration file,
or license file from the USB flash drive in any of the following cases:
The eNodeB software and data configuration file or their saving paths do not exist in
the USB flash drive.
The target software version is the same as the active software version. In this case, the
eNodeB software cannot be downloaded or activated, but the data configuration file and
license file can be downloaded and activated.
The data configuration file is the same as the active data configuration. In this case, the
data configuration file cannot be downloaded or activated, but the software and license
file can be downloaded and activated.
The license file cannot be downloaded, but the software and data configuration file can
be downloaded and activated in any of the following cases:
The license file to be downloaded is not the commissioning license.
The license file to be downloaded is the commissioning license, but the value of
ESN is not ANY.
The configurations or the names of the license file to be downloaded and the active
license file are the same.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the eNodeB is powered on. If it is not powered on, power on the eNodeB. If it
is already powered on, go to Step 2.
NOTE
Ensure that the RRU is powered on and the common public radio interface (CPRI) connections are correct
before you power on the eNodeB. Check for faults by monitoring the CPRI indicator status on the LBBP
after the eNodeB is powered on. For details, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
Step 2 When the eNodeB operates properly, insert the USB flash drive into the USB port on the
BBU3900 main control board. If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 3-15; if an
UMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 3-16.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
Figure 3-15 USB port on the LMPT

Figure 3-16 USB port on the UMPT

Step 3 Wait for the eNodeB to automatically upgrade the software and data configuration file.
If the download or activation fails, commission the eNodeB by updating the software and data
configuration file in the USB flash drive or using a new USB flash drive.
If the download or activation still fails, perform the local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT.
When the software and data configuration file are being upgraded, the normal status of the
indicators on the USB flash drive and main control board is shown in Table 3-15. If the indicators
are abnormal, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
Table 3-15 Indicator status
Indicator on the USB
Flash Drive
RUN Indicator on the LMPT/
UMPT
Automatically detecting
the USB flash drive
Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)
Downloading the software
and data configuration file
from the USB flash drive
Blinking Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
0.125s)
Activating the eNodeB
software and data
configuration file
Steady on Blinking (on for 0.125s and off for
0.125s)
Starting the eNodeB Steady off Steady on
Normal eNodeB operation Steady on Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)

WARNING
Do not remove the USB flash drive or reset the eNodeB when downloading or activating the
eNodeB software and data configuration file using the USB flash drive. After the download is
complete, the eNodeB automatically activates the software and data configuration file. Then,
the eNodeB is reset.
Step 4 When the download and activation are successful, rectify faults by referring to Checking the
Status of Indicators.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
Follow-up Procedure
CAUTION
The eNodeB software package contains the LMT software. Before downloading the eNodeB
software package, pay attention to the following points:
l When the LMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory is limited, the LMPT
does not support download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. To
reduce the eNodeB deployment duration, some of the files of the LMT software are
automatically downloaded from the M2000 to the eNodeB four hours after the eNodeB
deployment. If you need to use the LMT complete package immediately after the eNodeB
deployment, run the SPL SOFTWARE command on the M2000 after the eNodeB is
connected to the M2000. Set Delay Download File Supply Flag to YES(Supply File that
Support Delay). The remaining files of LMT software are downloaded to the eNodeB. If
you want the LMPT to support download of the LMT complete package through the USB
flash drive, when preparing the files in the USB flash drive, configure the value of
WEBLMT from the preconfiguration files as YES (case-insensitive).
l When the UMPT is used: the speed of writing to the flash memory increases. The UMPT
supports download of the LMT complete package through the USB flash drive. Therefore,
an LMT package is not required after software activation.
3.3.4 Uploading Data Files
Upload data files that are required for procedures of eNodeB commissioning. Data files required
for procedures of eNodeB commissioning tasks are NE software versions, cold patches, hot
patches, configuration data files, deployment lists, RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files, RET antenna templates, and commissioning licenses.
Prerequisites
You have logged in to the M2000 client.
Context
You need to upload data files in the following scenarios:
l Prepare for the commissioning.
Upload the required data files to the M2000 server before commissioning as required.
l The commissioning cannot be started because certain required data files are unavailable.
The M2000 automatically checks whether data files required for customized procedures
are available. If certain data files are unavailable, the commissioning cannot be started.
Upload the required data files that are previously unavailable from the client to the
M2000 server.
The data files required for eNodeB commissioning need to be saved in specified paths on the
M2000 server. For details, see Table 3-16.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
Table 3-16 File save paths
File Type Save Path
Software
version or
cold patch
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Software/eNodeB Software
Version/
Hot patch /export/home/sysm/ftproot/eNodeB Type/Patch/eNodeB Patch Version/
Configurati
on data file
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/CfgData/
Deploymen
t list
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/ADList/
RET
antenna
software
version and
configurati
on data file
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/OutSourcing/RETFile/
RET
antenna
template
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/AutoDeploymentData/eNodeB/
RETTemplate/
Commissio
ning license
/export/home/sysm/ftproot/adn/YYMMDD/CommissionLicense/

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 Click Prepare File&Data. The window for preparing files and data is displayed. Upload data
files as required.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload NE
software
versions
l Upload one by one
One or multiple software versions corresponding to a certain NE type are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple software versions corresponding to one or multiple NE types
are uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the software versions are uploaded.
NOTE
When uploading an NE software version, if the client displays a message indicating that
the NE software version supports multiple types of base stations in the same mode, you
need to upload the version only once for a base station. Then, the other types of base
stations in the same mode can use the uploaded NE software version.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload
cold
patches
l Upload one by one
One or multiple cold patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded
at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple cold patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Software & Cold Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the cold patches are uploaded.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload hot
patches
l Upload one by one
One or multiple hot patches corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded
at a time.
1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple hot patches corresponding to one or multiple NE types are
uploaded at a time.
1. On the Hot Patch tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
If you
need to...
Then...
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the hot patches are uploaded.
Upload
configurati
on data
files
1. On the NE Configuration Data tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS
Client to OSS Server. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog box is
displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select the folder where the configuration data file that you want
to upload is stored, click Select. The Upload NE Configuration Data dialog
box is displayed.
CAUTION
The path for saving the eNodeB configuration data file to be uploaded must be ..
\eNodeBName\M2000.XML on the local PC. An eNodeBName folder contains only
one XML file. To upload eNodeB configuration data files, you must select the
eNodeBName folder where the files are stored. You can select multiple
eNodeBName folders at a time.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the Destination
Path area. You can only view the path.
Upload
deploymen
t lists
1. On the Deployment List tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to
OSS Server. The Upload Deployment List dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload Deployment List dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload Deployment List dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the deployment lists are uploaded.
NOTE
If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty
deployment template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload the
template. The default names of the exported empty deployment list templates are the
same. Therefore, you are advised to change the template names after filling out these
templates.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
If you
need to...
Then...
Upload
RET
antenna
software
versions
and
configurati
l Upload one by one
One or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data files
corresponding to a certain NE type are uploaded at a time.
1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list and select
Software from the File Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files are uploaded.
l Upload in batches
One or multiple RET antenna software versions and configuration data files
corresponding to one or multiple NE types are uploaded at a time.
1. On the RET tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to OSS
Server. The NE File Transfer dialog box is displayed.
2. Click in the lower left corner of the dialog box, select an NE type
from the NE Type drop-down list, and select Software from the File
Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting
files is displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click OK to
return to the NE File Transfer dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Repeat the preceding two steps to select one or multiple files
corresponding to multiple NE types. The selected files are displayed in
the Source Path area.
5. In the Source Path area, select one or multiple files and click Add. The
files to be uploaded are displayed in the lower part of the dialog box.
6. Click OK to close the NE File Transfer dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
If you
need to...
Then...
on data
files
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed
information about the operations at the bottom of the window:
Operation, Status, Source File Path, Destination File Path, and
Progress.
7. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna software versions and
configuration data files are uploaded.
Upload
RET
antenna
templates
1. On the RET Template tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client to
OSS Server. The Upload RET Template dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload RET Template dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload RET Template dialog box. The system starts
uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the RET antenna templates are uploaded.
NOTE
If the CME is not deployed, you can click Export Template to export an empty RET
antenna template, fill out the template based on the planned data, and upload the
template.
Upload
commissio
ning
licenses
1. On the Commission License tab page, choose Transfer > From OSS Client
to OSS Server. The Upload Commission License dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an NE type from the NE Type drop-down list.
3. In the Source Path area, click . The dialog box for selecting files is
displayed. Select files that you want to upload and click Open to return to
the Upload Commission License dialog box.
The save path for the files to be uploaded to the server is displayed in the
Destination Path area. You can only view the path.
4. Click OK to close the Upload Commission License dialog box. The system
starts uploading the data files.
The data file preparation window displays the following detailed information
about the operations at the bottom of the window: Operation, Status, Source
File Path, Destination File Path, and Progress.
5. When Progress is 100%, the commissioning licenses are uploaded.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
3.3.5 Creating an eNodeB Commissioning Task
This section describes how to create an eNodeB commissioning task on the M2000 client after
commissioning preparations are complete.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning preparations are complete.
l If the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, radio network planning engineers need to plan the
area to which the eNodeB belongs.
l In scenarios without the SeGW, if the eNodeB and the M2000 server are deployed on
different network segments, you are required to configure the router closest to the eNodeB
on the path between the eNodeB and the M2000 server as a Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) relay. Configure the IP address of the DHCP server for the M2000 as the
DHCP relay address.
l In scenarios with the SeGW, if the eNodeB and the public DHCP server are deployed on
different segments, you are required to configure the router closest to the eNodeB on the
path between the eNodeB and the public DHCP server as a DHCP relay. Configure the IP
address of the DHCP relay as the public DHCP server address, and the IP address of the
DHCP server in scenarios with the SeGW as the IP address of the DCHP server for the
M2000.
NOTE
In situations where the M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, the preceding DHCP server IP address of the
M2000 refers to the host IP address.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 Select deployment lists.
1. Click . The Import Deployment List dialog box is displayed.
2. In the Specify Deployment List area, select a deployment list.
If you need
to...
Then...
Import a
deployment list
from the server
Select From Server and choose a deployment list from the drop-
down list box.
Import a
deployment list
from the client
Select From Client and click to select a deployment list.

3. (Optional) Select the area to which an eNodeB belongs in the Sub-area area. This step is
mandatory when theM2000 is deployed in SLS mode.
NEs belong to different areas when they are managed by different M2000 servers. If the
M2000 is deployed in SLS mode, NEs are managed by different servers. On the CME client,
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
these NEs belong to different areas. Select the active or slave M2000 server that the NE
belongs to based on the planned data. Configure the data as follows:
l If the NE was created on the active M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the
OMCH to the IP address of the active M2000 server.
l If the NE was created on the slave M2000 server, set the PEERIP parameter for the
OMCH to the IP address of the slave M2000 server.
l Set the Destination IP parameter for the IP router from the NE to the M2000 server to
an IP address on the the network segment where the M2000 server is located.
NOTE
Onsite deployment engineers need to perform operations based on the areas that have been planned
for eNodeBs by radio network planning engineers.
l If eNodeBs belong to one area, import one deployment list to create eNodeBs in batches.
l If eNodeBs belong to different areas, import multiple deployment lists by area to create eNodeBs.
4. In NE Connection Mode, set a mode for connecting the M2000 and NEs.
Modes for connecting the M2000 and NEs are as follows:
l Common Connection: Security authentication is not performed between the M2000
and the NE.
l SSL Connection: Security authentication is performed between the M2000 and the NE.
After security authentication is passed, a secure connection can be established, thereby
ensuring communication security and integrity. If this mode is selected, you also need
to set an authentication mode. Authentication modes are Anonymous Authority and
OSS Authentication NE, where Anonymous Authority is the default authentication
mode.
NOTE
To enable automatic SSL connection during NE deployment, you need to set the authentication mode
for NE in advance on the CME in addition to setting the connection mode between the M2000 and
NEs in this step.
Step 3 Click OK. The system starts the import.
After the import is complete, the M2000 checks for mandatory parameters with empty values
and invalid NE configuration data. In addition, the information indicating whether the import
succeeded or failed is displayed on the Operation Information tab page.
l If the import is successful, the M2000 automatically creates a commissioning task for each
eNodeB. The imported eNodeB deployment lists are displayed on the Deployment List tab
page.
l If the import fails, the causes of the failure are displayed on the Operation Information tab
page.
Step 4 (Optional) Modify data in the imported deployment lists as required. This step is mandatory
when you need to modify the data in the imported deployment lists.
NOTE
You can check whether the parameters in eNodeB deployment lists can be modified by referring to
Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List.
1. Select a commissioning task from the commissioning task list, and double-click the cells
containing parameter values to change the values.
You can change ESNs by double-clicking the cells containing ESNs. Alternatively, you
can perform the following operations to change the ESNs:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
a. Click in the ESN value cell. The Bind ESN dialog box is displayed.
b. Select an ESN that is not bound, and click OK to return to the Deployment
Parameter dialog box.
NOTE
You can change the ESNs before OM links are established between NEs and the M2000.
2. The changed parameter values are displayed in the commissioning task window and
highlighted in red.
----End
3.3.6 Starting an eNodeB Commissioning Task
This section describes how to start an eNodeB commissioning task. After creating an eNodeB
commissioning task, you can set commissioning procedures and start the task. Then, the
M2000 automatically commissions the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.
Context
A maximum of 500 commissioning tasks can be started at a time. In which, a maximum of 200
commissioning tasks are being executed and the rest are waiting to be executed in the queue.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, right-click one or multiple commissioning tasks and choose
Start from the shortcut menu. The Task Settings dialog box is displayed.
Step 3 Select steps in the Select column based on the actual plan.
NOTE
l : Indicates that the step is mandatory. It cannot be modified.
l : Indicates the step that is performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.
l : Indicates the step that is not performed by default. You can choose whether to perform it.
For details about commissioning procedures and steps, see Table 3-17.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
Table 3-17 Description of commissioning process
No. Procedur
e
Step Description
1 Auto
Discovery
Check OM
channel
When connection of the transport network is
proper, the M2000 automatically sets up an OM
channel to connect to the desired eNodeB based
on the deployment list, and commissions and
maintains the NodeB through this channel.
Wait for manual
operation
After the OM channel is set up, the status of the
commissioning task changes to Waiting for
manual operation. Manually confirm the
completion and proceed with the commissioning
after the commissioning environment of the
network is ready.
2 Auto
Configura
tion
Download
software
The M2000 automatically checks whether the
current eNodeB version is the same as the target
software version given in the deployment list. If
the versions are not the same, the M2000
automatically downloads software from the
server to the eNodeB.
Download
configuration
The M2000 downloads the desired configuration
file from the server to the eNodeB based on the
target version information.
Activate Activate the eNodeB configuration data (takes
effect after next reset) and then activate the
software (automatic reset).
3 Auto
Planning
Auto Planning Only the BTS3202E is supported in eNodeB auto
deployment.
4 Upload
commissi
oning
license
Distribute
commissioning
license
When some eNodeB functions are restricted
because the eNodeB uses the default license upon
delivery, you need to install a commissioning
license. The commissioning license has time
restriction. You need to replace the
commissioning license with the commercial one
as soon as possible after the eNodeB
commissioning is complete.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
No. Procedur
e
Step Description
5 Commissi
on RET
Upgrade RET
software version
The target RET antenna software version is
provided by antenna line device (ALD) suppliers
and saved on the local PC.
l RET antennas managed by eNodeBs on the
sites must be commissioned.
l If an eNodeB and a NodeB share antennas and
the antennas are managed by the NodeB, you
do not need to commission the RET antennas.
l When antennas are managed by the
management system of a third party, you do
not need to commission RET antennas.
Upgrade RET
configuration
The RET antenna configuration file is provided
by ALD suppliers and saved on the local PC. RET
antenna configuration data may vary according to
RET antenna types and suppliers.
Tune RET Check whether RET antennas are commissioned
correctly during the commissioning.
6 Test and
monitor
Test installation
& deployment
quality
Services carried on the RF module will be
interrupted during operation. If an RF module is
shared by base stations of different RATs,
services of the other RAT will also be interrupted.
The check may take several minutes. The project
quality check involves the VSWR, offline
intermodulation interference, and crossed pair.
Monitor cell
service status
Check whether any active cells exist under the
eNodeB.
You can monitor alarms of the eNodeB on the
M2000 during software commissioning to locate
and handle exceptions in time.
7 Perform
NHC
Perform NHC You can perform health check to learn the
eNodeB operating status.
8 Wait for
confirmati
on
Wait for
confirmation
After service verification is complete, the
commissioning task is in the Waiting for
Confirmation state. You need to manually
confirm that the commissioning is complete.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
NOTE
The system checks whether all configured RF modules are usable before starting project quality check.
l If all configured RF modules are usable, the system issues project quality check commands to proceed
with subsequent operations.
l If only some configured RF modules are usable, the system sets a timer (2.5 minutes in length and a
maximum of 5 times) to wait until all RF modules are usable. After all RF modules are usable, the
system issues project quality check commands to proceed with subsequent operations. If some RF
modules are still unusable after the timer expires, the system ends the project quality check task.
Step 4 Click OK. The M2000 automatically checks whether the data files required for procedures are
available.
If... Then...
Not all the
required data
files are available
1. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is displayed, showing check
results about the required data files.
l : Indicates that all the required data files are available.
l : Indicates that not all the required data files are available.
2. Click OK. The Data Preparation Check dialog box is closed.
3. Obtain relevant data files based on the check results.
For detailed operations, see Uploading Data Files.
4. After the required data files are uploaded, start the commissioning
tasks again.
All the required
data files are
available
The M2000 starts commissioning. The selected commissioning tasks enter
the Running state.
NOTE
If all the required data files are available, the Data Preparation Check dialog box
is not displayed.
----End
3.3.7 Monitoring eNodeB Commissioning
This section describes how to monitor eNodeB commissioning on the M2000 to learn about
commissioning progress and status and handle exceptions in time.
Viewing Progress and Status of eNodeB Commissioning Tasks
This section describes how to view progress and status of eNodeB commissioning tasks on the
M2000 to learn about process of the tasks.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been started.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
Context
l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a specific user. To view
commissioning tasks created by other users, click on the toolbar.
l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic configuration phase of a
commissioning task, if you restart or delete the commissioning task, the system does not
restart NE upgrades but proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When the
system displays The NE is performing the following task: ******. Please try later. in
Description for a commissioning task, the NE upgrade task is running. If you want to
perform automatic deployment again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can
choose Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task to query the
NE upgrade task.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 View the status and progress of commissioning tasks in the commissioning task list.
TIP
You can quickly view the status of commissioning tasks by using either of the following methods:
l In the commissioning task list, the status of the tasks is displayed in Status, the current procedures are
displayed in Current Phase, and details about each procedure are displayed in Description.
l In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks whose status you want to
view, and then click . The right pane displays execution status of
steps for commissioning procedures.
The displayed information includes the execution status, description, start time and end time of each
commissioning substep.
Step 3 (Optional) Click . The Statistics dialog box is displayed, showing the number of
commissioning tasks in each status. Click OK to close the dialog box.
----End
Handling eNodeB Alarms
This section describes how to handle eNodeB alarms. After eNodeB software is automatically
upgraded, you can use the M2000 to view alarms on eNodeBs. All alarms related to eNodeBs
are categorized by object to help you query required alarms.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Software commissioning monitoring has already started, and the completion of the
commissioning has not yet been confirmed.
Context
Alarms are categorized into the following types by object: physical transmission port alarms,
transmission link alarms, antenna alarms, board alarms, cell alarms, external alarms, and other
alarms. Other alarms refer to the alarms that cannot be categorized on the basis of specific objects.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from the
shortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.
In the displayed window, you can view alarms on eNodeBs by monitored object. For details
about the alarm monitoring window, see Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning
Window.
Step 3 Handle alarms.
1. Double-click an alarm that you want to handle.
2. In the displayed dialog box that shows the alarm details, click the link in Reason And
Advice.
3. Handle alarms based on the alarm reference.
----End
Performing eNodeB Antenna Fault Diagnosis
This section describes how to perform antenna fault diagnosis. The M2000 provides automatic
fault diagnosis to antennas. When errors occur during eNodeB commissioning, you can use the
automatic fault diagnosis function provided by the M2000 to check whether the eNodeB that is
being commissioned is faulty. Then, you can take corresponding measures to rectify the faults
based on the diagnosis results.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Commissioning tasks are at the monitoring stage, and the completion of the commissioning
tasks has not yet been confirmed.
Context
CAUTION
eNodeB services are interrupted upon antenna fault diagnosis. Therefore, you need to perform
the diagnosis when the eNodeB is not providing services or the services are isolated.
eNodeB fault diagnosis aims to check whether antennas are functioning normally. It involves
the VSWR test, offline intermodulation interference test, and crossed pair test.
After one fault diagnosis operation is performed, the M2000 creates a fault diagnosis task and
displays the diagnosis progress. After the fault diagnosis is complete, you can obtain the fault
diagnosis report.
If you delete a fault diagnosis task, the corresponding diagnosis report is deleted accordingly.
If you restart the M2000 server, all fault diagnosis tasks and reports are deleted.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to handle alarms. Right-click the tasks, and then choose Open Monitor Window from the
shortcut menu. The alarm monitoring window is displayed.
Step 3 Perform fault analysis on antenna alarms.
1. Select an object (antenna) from the left pane of the displayed window, or select a specific
alarm of the object (antenna) from the alarm list in the right pane, right-click the object or
alarm, and choose Diagnose from the shortcut menu. The Diagnosis parameter settings
dialog box is displayed.
2. Select an eNodeB in the Select NE area, select a diagnosis type in the Select diagnose
type area, type diagnosis parameters in the Type diagnosis parameters area, and then
click OK. The dialog box for confirming the diagnosis is displayed.
3. Click Yes. The system starts the fault diagnosis.
During the fault diagnosis, a diagnosis task is added to the diagnosis task list.
NOTE
Fault diagnosis may take a long time when there are a large number of detection services executed
by the detection script and there are a large number of NE configuration services.
4. After fault diagnosis is complete, you can right-click a diagnosis task in the diagnosis task
list, and choose Diagnose Report from the shortcut menu to view diagnosis results.
----End
Managing eNodeB Commissioning Tasks
This section describes how to manage eNodeB commissioning tasks. After creating or starting
eNodeB commissioning tasks, you can delete, restart, pause, resume, or cancel the selected tasks.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l eNodeB commissioning tasks have been created or started.
Context
For details about operations on commissioning tasks, see Table 3-18.
Table 3-18 Operations on commissioning tasks
Opera
tion
Description
Delete You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in any state.
Restart You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,
Abnormal, Paused, or Waiting for Confirmation state.
Pause You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running state.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
Opera
tion
Description
Resum
e
You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Paused state.
Cancel You can perform this operation on commissioning tasks in the Running,
Abnormal, or Paused state.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 On the Deployment List tab page, select one or multiple commissioning tasks and perform
operations as required.
If you
need to...
Then...
Restart Right-click the tasks and choose Restart from the shortcut menu. The tasks
return to the Running state.
Pause Right-click the tasks and choose Pause from the shortcut menu. The tasks are
in the Paused state.
Resume Right-click the tasks and choose Resume from the shortcut menu. The tasks
proceed from where they are paused.
Cancel Right-click the tasks and choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. The tasks
return to the Wait for Start state.
Delete 1. Right-click the tasks and choose Delete from the shortcut menu. The
Confirm dialog box is displayed.
2. Click OK. The system starts deleting the tasks.

----End
3.3.8 Confirming eNodeB Commissioning Completion
When the status of an eNodeB commissioning task changes to Waiting for Confirmation, you
need to confirm that the eNodeB commissioning is complete.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.
l The status of the eNodeB commissioning task is Waiting for Confirmation.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
Procedure
Step 1 On the M2000 client, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto
Deployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment tag page is displayed.
Step 2 Right-click one or more eNodeB commissioning tasks to be confirmed from the commissioning
task list, and choose Confirm Completion from the shortcut menu.
----End
3.3.9 Checking the Running Status of the eNodeB on the M2000
This section describes how to perform the health check and alarm check on the eNodeB through
the M2000.
Obtaining eNodeB Commissioning Reports
This section describes how to obtain eNodeB commissioning reports. An eNodeB
commissioning report records the details about user operations, commissioning results, error
information, and health check report. You can obtain the report of eNodeB commissioning tasks
when the tasks are in progress and archive the report when the tasks are complete.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the M2000 client.
l Commissioning tasks are running.
Context
The exported commissioning report records the information about only the selected
commissioning tasks. After you manually delete a commissioning task, the generated
commissioning report does not contain the information about this task.
The deployment report can be stored for a maximum of 30 days. The start date is specified as
the date when the deployment report is generated for the first time.
Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto Deployment from the main menu
of the M2000 client. The eNodeB Auto Deployment window is displayed.
Step 2 In the commissioning task list, select one or multiple commissioning tasks for which you want
to export the report, right-click the tasks, and then choose Export Deployment Report from
the shortcut menu. A dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to export alarm data at the
same time.
If... Then...
You need to export alarm data Click Yes. The Save dialog box is displayed.
You do not need to export alarm data Click No. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Specify a save path, and then click Save.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
You can customize a filename for the commissioning report. If you do not specify the filename,
the M2000 names and saves the file based on the naming convention
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report.zip. For example,
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report.zip.
Step 4 (Optional) Decompress the generated report file. In the decompressed folder, double-click
eNodeB_Auto_Deployment_Report_index.html to view the commissioning report.
If you choose to export alarm data at the same time in Step 2, the file containing the alarm data
is saved in the alarm sub-folder.
----End
Rectifying Faults and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report
This section descries how to rectify faults and clear alarms against the eNodeB health check
report to ensure that the eNodeB runs properly.
Prerequisites
The eNodeB commissioning report is available.
Context
Table 3-19 shows the eNodeB health checklist.
Table 3-19 eNodeB health checklist
Item Subitem Description
eNodeB software
version
eNodeB software status Check the operating status of the
eNodeB software.
eNodeB software version
information
Check the information about the
running eNodeB software
version.
Environment status RRU temperature Check the RRU temperature.
Environment temperature and
humidity
Check the environment
temperature and humidity.
eNodeB type eNodeB type Check whether the eNodeB type
is correct in the data
configuration.
Configuration data Configuration data consistency Check whether the effective data
applied to modules is consistent
with the configured data in the
database.
Active alarms Check for the active alarms
reported by an NE.
Cell status Cell status Check the cell status.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
Item Subitem Description
MBTS alarms
NOTE
This item is not
required for a single-
mode eNodeB.
Inter-RAT communication
alarms
Check the status of inter-RAT
communication.
Inter-RAT BBU board parameter
settings conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for BBU boards.
Inter-RAT cabinet configuration
conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
configurations are consistent for
cabinets.
Inter-RAT monitoring device
parameter settings conflict
alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for monitoring devices.
Inter-RAT board object
configuration conflict alarms
Check inter-RAT configurations
are consistent for board objects.
Inter-RAT RF unit parameter
settings conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
parameter settings are consistent
for RF units.
Inter-RAT site-level
configuration conflict alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
configurations are consistent for
sites.
Inter-RAT control rights conflict
alarms
Check whether inter-RAT
control rights are consistent.
RF unit working mode and board
capability mismatch alarms
Check whether the working
mode for the RF unit matches the
board capability.
Hardware status CPU usage Check the CPU usage.
Transmit channel status Check the status of the transmit
channel.
Receive channel status Check the status of the receive
channel.
RRU status Check the status of an RF unit.
Memory usage Check the memory usage.
Flash memory usage Check the usage of the flash
memory.
Board status Check the status of a board.
Interface status X2-interface link Check the status of the X2
interface and the information
about the peer eNodeB.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
Item Subitem Description
S1-interface link Check the parameters for the S1
interface and the information
about the MME.
GE/FE port status Check the parameter settings for
the Ethernet port.
E1/T1 port status Check the parameter settings for
the E1/T1 port.
Remote maintenance channel
status
Check the parameter settings for
all remote maintenance channels
of the eNodeB.
SCTP link status Check the parameter settings for
the SCTP link.
IP path status Check the parameter settings for
an IP path.
CPRI port status Check the parameter settings for
the CPRI port.
Clock status Clock status Check the status of the current
clock in the basic cabinet,
including the reference clock,
clock quality, clock priority,
clock working mode, and status
of the phase-locked loop.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the eNodeB commissioning report and view the health check report to determine the
eNodeB operating status.
Step 2 Check the health check report for faults and alarms, and rectify the faults and clear the alarms
by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference. If all the alarms are cleared but the eNodeB does not
work properly, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 3 Check for eNodeB alarms.
You can check for eNodeB alarms using one of the following methods:
l on the M2000 client, choose Monitor > Browse Current Alarm. Set the search criteria in
the displayed Filter dialog box to check for eNodeB alarms. For details, see Browse Current
Alarm in the M2000 Online Help.
l On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. On the Main Topology tab page,
right-click the eNodeB and choose Query Alarm/Event > Current Alarm from the shortcut
menu. Then, double-click an alarm to view details
Step 4 Clear the alarms by taking recommended actions or by referring to eNodeB Alarm Reference.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
3.3.10 Commissioning the Antenna System on the M2000
Commissioning the antenna system on the M2000 includes commissioning the remote electrical
tilt (RET) and tower-mounted amplifier (TMA).
(Optional) Commissioning the RET Antenna on the M2000
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt
(RET) antenna on the M2000. If tasks for RET commissioning in the commissioning phase are
not selected on the M2000, the M2000 does not perform RET commissioning after the
commissioning phase starts. In this case, you need to use MML commands to commission the
RET antenna.
Prerequisites
l The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.
l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.
l The RET software and data configuration file are available.
l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
l Commissioning the RET antenna includes downloading the RET software and data
configuration file, calibrating the RET antenna, setting the RET downtilt, and query RET
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
l The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data. Otherwise, the
RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The RET is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
Step 3 Add an RET antenna.
MML command: ADD RET
Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huawei
for technical support.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.
MML command:DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current RET software
version is the same as the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 7 to download the RET data configuration file.
The current RET software
version is different from the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the software
of other RET antennas.
Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.
1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.
MML command: DSP RET
The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You must
download the data configuration file for each subunit.
2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.
MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA
If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multiple
RET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.
Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.
MML command: CLB RET
NOTE
If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and the
mapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.
If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.
Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.
If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether the
RET downtilt is calibrated successfully.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.
MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
2. Set the RET downtilt.
MML command:MOD RETTILT
If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for other
RET antennas.
3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configured
downtilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. If
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB Alarm
Reference.
MML command: DSP RETPORT
----End
Commissioning the TMA on the M2000
This section describes how to commission the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) to check whether
the current TMA software version is the same as the target TMA software version. If they are
different, load the target TMA software. After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA
automatically resets. The software then takes effect and the TMA starts working properly.
Prerequisites
l The TMA is installed correctly.
l The TMA software has been uploaded to the M2000 server.
l The eNodeB is properly connected to the M2000.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l The File Transfer Protocol (FTP) port has been enabled on the firewall between the eNodeB
and the M2000 server.
Context
l The FTP server transmits data in plaintext mode by default.
l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.
l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.
l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The TMA is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add a TMA.
MML command: ADD TMA
Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.
MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT
l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this
situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.
l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.
MML command: DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current TMA software
version is the same as the
target TMA software
version
Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and perform
Step 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms.
The current TMA software
version is different from the
target TMA software
version
Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software of
other TMAs.
Step 8 Set the TMA gain.
MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to set
the gains for other TMAs.
Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeB
Alarm Reference.
----End
3.3.11 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on
the M2000
After the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that it
functions properly.
Setting Environment Alarm Parameters
This section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible range
and add user-defined alarms as required.
Prerequisites
l The M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l Environment monitoring devices have been configured.
l The dual in-line package (DIP) switches on the environment monitoring device are properly
set. For details, see APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product
Description, APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description
and EMUA User Guide.
Context
The remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit
(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in the
APM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports. Setting environment alarm parameters
includes adding user-defined alarms and binding the user-defined alarms to the eNodeB.
Environment alarms are used to monitor the equipment room where the eNodeB is located. When
setting environment alarm parameters, you need to bind a user-defined alarm to the specific
subrack, slot, and port on the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Add a user-defined alarm.
1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.
2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Definition tab, and click Add. The
Add User-Defined Alarm dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-17.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
Figure 3-17 Adding a user-defined alarm

3. Select an NE type on the left, and set the user-defined alarm parameters, including Alarm
Name, Alarm ID, Alarm Severity Level, and Alarm Type.
NOTE
l Each type of user-defined alarm is allocated a unique alarm ID. The alarm ID ranges from 65033
to 65233.
l The same type of alarm must use the same alarm ID for all eNodeBs. For example, if the door
status alarm ID for an eNodeB is 65035, the door status alarm IDs for other eNodeBs must also
be 65035.
4. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the NE
Alarm Setting window.
5. Click Apply to save the user-defined alarm.
A message is displayed, indicating that saving the user-defined alarm is successful or fails.
If saving the user-defined alarm is successful, click OK. The icon disappears. If
saving the user-defined alarm fails, click Details to view the failure cause and rectify the
fault accordingly. Then, add the user-defined alarm again.
Step 2 Bind the user-defined alarm to the eNodeB.
1. Choose Monitor > Alarm Setting > NE Alarm Settings.
2. On the User-Defined Alarm tab page, click the Alarm Binding tab. Then, add the user-
defined alarm binding relationship.
l Single binding
a. Choose Edit > Add. The Add Alarm Binding dialog box is displayed, as shown
in Figure 3-18.
b. Select an NE from the Select NE navigation tree or enter an NE name in the Search
by name text box on the left. Select an alarm from the Select Alarm/Event
navigation tree or enter an alarm name in the Search by name text box in the
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
middle. Select an alarm or event ID based on the NE type, and set binding
parameters, including port type, cabinet No., subrack No., and slot No. of the port,
alarm voltage, and upper and lower alarm thresholds.
NOTE
If a digital port is used for the monitoring board, you must set alarm voltage to specify a
condition for reporting alarms. If an analog port is used for the monitoring board, you must
set upper and lower alarm thresholds to specify a condition for reporting alarms.
c. Click OK. The information about the added user-defined alarm is displayed in the
NE Alarm Setting window.
Figure 3-18 Adding alarm binding

l Batch binding
a. Choose Import/Export > Export Template. The Export Alarm Binding
Template dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-19.
Alternatively, choose Import/Export > Export to export the existing records on
the Alarm Binding tab page by NE type.
Figure 3-19 Exporting alarm binding template

b. In the displayed Export Alarm Binding Template dialog box, select the NE type,
and specify the save path and name for the exported template.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
c. Open the template and edit it based on actual requirements by referring to the
example in the template.
d. Choose Import/Export > Import to import the edited template to the M2000.
Then, click OK.
The user-defined alarm binding relationship in the template is displayed on the
Alarm Binding tab page. Each record is prefixed with the icon.
3. Select an alarm binding relationship record and click Apply to apply it to the NE.
A message is displayed, indicating that applying the alarm binding relationship is successful
or fails. If applying the alarm binding relationship is successful, click OK. The icon
disappears. If applying the alarm binding relationship fails, click Details to view the failure
cause and rectify the fault accordingly. Then, apply the alarm binding relationship again.
----End
Checking for External Environment Alarms
This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting the
parameters for environment alarms, you need to verify the parameter settings by checking for
external environment alarms.
Context
You can manually trigger several external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings.
If external environment alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct.
Procedure
Step 1 Manually trigger several external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix Triggering
Monitoring Device Alarms.
Step 2 Check for the external environment alarms on the M2000. For details, see Rectifying Faults
and Clearing Alarms Against the eNodeB Health Check Report. If external environment
alarms can be reported, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is
reported, set the parameters again or contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
Example
Assuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whether
the parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:
1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed Sensor
Disabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.
2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether water
damage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settings
are correct.
3.3.12 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs
This section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) or
radio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
Prerequisites
l The RRU or RFU is connected properly.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.
Context
The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.
If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands to
manually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one.
The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than the
maximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmit
channel No. of the RRU or RFU.
Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by the
RRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.
Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.
Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.
Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum output
power for the RRU or RFU takes effect.
If... Then...
The maximum output
power takes effect
No further action is required.
The maximum transmit
power fails to be set
Set the maximum output power within the power specifications
supported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output power
still fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTE
Before returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTC
command to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the setting
to take effect.
----End
3.3.13 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB
This section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.
l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.
l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.
l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.
Procedure
l Test the web page browsing service.
Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.
Perform the test 20 times.
Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.
Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.
Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and none
of the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear with
no loud noise.

----End
3.3.14 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,
set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab
page is displayed.
2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-click
Query Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, the
configuration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance
Mode tab page is displayed.
2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. The
Set Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Select the target NE and specify the time.
4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.
5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.
6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.
NOTE
The alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.
----End
3.3.15 References to eNodeB Commissioning
This chapter describes references for commissioning eNodeBs, including introduction to the
deployment list, interface description, parameter description, and technical specifications.
Interface Description: eNodeB Commissioning Window
This section describes the elements of the eNodeB Auto Deployment window and the function
of each element.
Main Window
Figure 3-20 shows the main window for eNodeB commissioning. Table 3-20 describes the
window.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
Figure 3-20 Main window for eNodeB commissioning

Table 3-20 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 Toolbar Provides shortcut icons for eNodeB commissioning operations.
Hover your mouse pointer over an icon on the toolbar. A message
will be displayed, showing the meaning of this icon.
2 Commissioni
ng task list
Displays all the commissioning tasks and their progress. You can
right-click a task, and then choose the corresponding menu item
from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.
NOTE
l By default, the GUI displays only commissioning tasks created by a
specific user. To view commissioning tasks created by other users,
click on the toolbar.
l When the system performs NE upgrades during the automatic
configuration phase of a commissioning task, if you restart or delete
the commissioning task, the system does not restart NE upgrades but
proceeds until the related NE upgrade task is complete. When the
system displays The NE is performing the following task: ******.
Please try later. in Description for a commissioning task, the NE
upgrade task is running. If you want to perform automatic deployment
again, wait until the NE upgrade task is complete. You can choose
Software > NE Upgrade Task Management > NE Upgrade Task
to query the NE upgrade task.
3 Shortcut
menu
You can right-click a task, and then choose the corresponding
menu item from the shortcut menu to perform an operation.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
4 Operation
result
Records the results of each operation.

Alarm Commissioning Monitoring Window
Figure 3-21 shows the alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs. Table 3-21
describes the window.
Figure 3-21 Alarm commissioning monitoring window of eNodeBs

Table 3-21 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 Alarm object
tree
After selecting an object type, you can view all alarms of this
object type in the alarm list in the right pane.
2 Alarm list After an object type is selected, all alarms of this object type are
displayed in the alarm list.
3 Diagnosis
task list
Displays the details about diagnosis tasks.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
Window for Uploading Data Files
Figure 3-22 shows the window for uploading data files. Table 3-22 describes the window.
Figure 3-22 Window for uploading eNodeB data files

Table 3-22 Window description
Area
No.
Element
Name
Description
1 File list Displays the files on the M2000 server.
2 Button Provides buttons for operations on uploading data files.
3 Tab named after
a data file type
Displays tabs named after data file types that are required for
commissioning.
4 Operation result Displays the details about the operations on uploading the type
of data file.

Parameters for the eNodeB Deployment List
This section describes the parameters in the eNodeB deployment list for your reference.
Table 3-23 provides the meanings of the parameters.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
NOTE
l If you use the CME to export the deployment list:
l Mandatory: indicates whether the parameter is mandatory. After the deployment list is imported,
the M2000 performs non-blank check and validity check on each parameter.
l Export Using the CME by Default: identifies the parameter values that are to be exported or not to
be exported by default when you use the CME to export the site deployment list.
l Auto Deployment Window Can Be Edited: indicates whether a parameter value can be edited in
the auto deployment window after the eNodeB deployment list exported using the CME is imported
into the M2000.
l To use the M2000 to export the site deployment list, edit the list by referring to the Mandatory column
in Table 3-23.
l One of eNodeB ESN, Deployment ID, and eNodeB Longitude/eNodeB Latitude must be specified.
l Only in V100R005C00 and later versions, the Deployment ID can be used as the keyword in the
deployment.
l One of eNodeB Software Version, eNodeB Cold Patch Version, and eNodeB Hot Patch Version must
be specified.
Table 3-23 Parameters for the eNodeB deployment list
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB ID eNodeB ID. Yes Yes No
eNodeB Name Name of the
eNodeB. The
parameter contains
0 to 64 characters.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB ESN ESN on the eNodeB
backplane.
The ESN uniquely
identifies an
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
Deployment ID ID for deploying an
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Type NodeB type. Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
Interface Type
Type of the interface
for carrying the OM
channel of the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
Bearing Board
Board carried by the
OM channel of the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM IP
Address
IP addresses of the
OM channel for the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM IP
Subnet Mask
IP address subnet
mask of the OM
channel for the
eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB Interface
IP Address
Interface IP address
used by the eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB Interface
IP Subnet Mask
Subnet mask of the
interface IP address
used by the eNodeB.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB M2000
IP Address
IP address of the
M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB M2000
IP Subnet Mask
Subnet mask for the
IP address of the
M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM Next
Hop IP Address
Next-hop IP address
from the eNodeB to
the M2000.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB OM
VLAN ID
VLAN ID of the
eNodeB.
The
paramet
er is
specifie
d if
VLANs
are
configu
red in
the
networ
k.
l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB OM
VLAN Priority
VLAN priority of
the OM channel
used by the eNodeB.
The
paramet
er is
specifie
d if
VLANs
are
configu
red in
the
networ
k.
l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Serving
SecGW IP
Address
IP address of the
security gateway
used by the eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Serving
SecGW Local
Name
Name of the security
gateway used by the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Longitude
Longitude of the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Latitude Latitude of the
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB Software
Version
Software version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB Cold
Patch Version
Cold patch version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB Hot
Patch Version
Hot patch version
number of the target
eNodeB.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
Parameter Field Description Manda
tory
Export Using the
CME by Default
Auto
Deployment
Window Can
Be Edited
eNodeB Physical
Location
Physical position of
the eNodeB. This
parameter contains
0 to 128 characters.
Yes Yes No
eNodeB CA
Name
Name of a
certification
authority (CA).
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
eNodeB CA URL Path for obtaining
the CA certificate.
The format is http
(s)://CAIP:CAport/
CAPath.
This parameter is set
in secure scenarios
for certificate
acquisition. Only
the CMPv2 protocol
is supported.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
No
Contact Onsite personnel
and contact
information.
No l If the parameter
has been set on
the CME,
export the
parameter.
l If the parameter
has not been set
on the CME, do
not export the
parameter.
Yes

3.4 Local Commissioning on the LMT (Without the SeGW)
To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need to
upgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna line
devices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish the
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
operation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000
server.
3.4.1 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes how to perform eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no security
gateway (SeGW) is deployed.
Figure 3-23 shows the procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no SeGW is
deployed.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
Figure 3-23 Procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when no SeGW is deployed

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
Table 3-24 Commissioning procedure
Step Operation Manda
tory/
Option
al
1 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Prepare for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT,
which involves obtaining the eNodeB information and
commissioning tools, and obtaining files. For details, see
3.4.2 Preparations.
Mandat
ory
2 Local
operations
on the LMT
Download and activate eNodeB software and data
configuration files on the LMT. For details, see 3.4.3
Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and
Data Configuration File on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
3 Download the license file for eNodeB commissioning on
the LMT. For details, see 3.4.4 Downloading the License
for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT.
Optiona
l
4 Commission the antenna system on the LMT. For details,
see 3.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the
LMT.
Optiona
l
5 After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,
commission the equipment so that it operates properly. For
details, see 3.4.6 Commissioning the Environment
Monitoring Equipment on the LMT.
Optiona
l
6 Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRU
and RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequency
unit, respectively. For details, see 3.4.7 Setting the
Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.
Optiona
l
7 Handle eNodeB alarms on the LMT. For details, see 3.4.8
Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
8 Check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. For
details, see 3.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of the
eNodeB on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
9 Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see
3.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.
Mandat
ory
10 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,
establish an operation and maintenance (OM) link for the
eNodeB on the M2000. For details, see 3.4.11 Establishing
an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB.
Mandat
ory
11 After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB
starts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to the
normal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.4.12 Setting
an NE to the NORMAL Mode.
Mandat
ory

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
NOTE
After an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly by
observing the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations for
rectifying possible faults, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
3.4.2 Preparations
Before commissioning an eNodeB locally using an LMT when no SeGW is deployed, you need
to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and configure the File
Transfer Protocol (FTP) server.
Obtaining Related Information and Tools Required for eNodeB Commissioning
on the LMT
Before local eNodeB commissioning on the local maintenance terminal (LMT), you must obtain
related eNodeB information and commissioning tools.
Procedure
Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 3-25.
Table 3-25 Information related to the eNodeB
Item Source or Remarks
eNodeB name Planned by the operator
eNodeB ID Planned by the operator

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for local commissioning on the LMT, as described in Table 3-26.
Table 3-26 Tools required for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT
Tool Description
Laptop l The hardware configuration, software configuration, and
communication capabilities of the laptop must meet
requirements. For details, see System Requirements for the
LMT Installation in the eNodeB LMT User Guide.
l The software and data configuration file required for eNodeB
commissioning on the LMT are saved in the laptop.
Ethernet cable LMPT: The Ethernet cable directly connects the laptop to the
eNodeB. UMPT: The Ethernet cable connects the laptop to the USB-
to-Ethernet port transfer cable.
Local maintenance
adapter (LMA)
The LMA connects the USB port on the UMPT to the Ethernet cable.
Testing UE The testing UE is functional and has been registered with the home
subscriber server (HSS).
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119

----End
Configuring the FTP Server
This section describes how to log in to the eNodeB using the LMT to configure a File Transfer
Protocol (FTP) server before performing LMT-based local commissioning.
Prerequisites
l The firewall has been disabled between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
l All the FTP servers on the LMT PC have been disabled.
l The software and data configuration file are available and saved in the same directory on
the LMT PC.
CAUTION
The maximum length of the file name plus the path cannot be larger than the maximum
length of file name supported by the FTP server and cannot be more than 248 characters.
(Some servers do not support a full-path file name consisting of 248 characters. For details,
see the related FTP server manual.)
Context
The FTP server uses the IP address of the LMT PC. This IP address must be in the same network
segment as the OM IP address of the LMPT or UMPT board.
Procedure
Step 1 Enter the OM IP address of the main control board of the eNodeB. The default IP address is
192.168.0.49.
Step 2 Click Go to. The LMT login page is displayed. The default user name is admin. The default
password is case-sensitive and varies with the delivery date of the base station:
l The default password is hwbs@com if the base station is delivered on or after July 18, 2012.
l The default password is admin123 if the base station is delivered before July 18, 2012.
l The default password remains unchanged after a base station upgrade.
Step 3 Download the FTP server software if no FTP server is available.
1. On the LMT, click the Software Management tab. The Software Management tab page
is displayed.
2. In the navigation tree, double-click FTP Server Configuration. The FTP Server
Configuration window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-24.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
Figure 3-24 FTP Server Configuration window

3. Click Download FTP Tool. The File Download-Security Warning dialog box is
displayed.
4. Click Save to save the FTP server software package (SFTPServer.exe) to the LMT PC.
Step 4 Configure the FTP server.
1. Double-click SFTPServer.exe to start the FTP server. The FTP server icon is displayed as
in the status area on the right of the taskbar.
2. Right-click and choose FTP server configure from the shortcut menu. The FTP server
configuration dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-25.
Figure 3-25 FTP server configuration dialog box

3. Set User name, Password, and Working directory for the FTP server. The default user
name and password are admin. Working directory must be set to the directory where the
software and data configuration file are saved. The default transmission security mode is
Both.
4. Click OK.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
Step 5 Save the FTP server configuration on the LMT main window.
1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management tab page is
displayed.
2. On the FTP Server Configure tab page, set IP address for the FTP server.
3. Enter User name and Password based on the settings in Step 4.3. The default name and
password are admin.
4. Click Save to save the FTP server configuration.
----End
3.4.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data
Configuration File on the LMT
This section describes how to download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration
file on the LMT. The eNodeB software and data configuration file take effect after the eNodeB
is reset.
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The FTP server is connected to the eNodeB in the same network segment and is functioning
properly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
l You can obtain the eNodeB software package from http://support.huawei.com/ and save
it onto the local computer. The eNodeB software package has been digitally signed. If the
eNodeB software package has been tampered with, a warning message is displayed when
the package is being downloaded. In this situation, you must obtain a correct eNodeB
software package.
l The name of the data configuration file for local commissioning on the LMT is LMT.xml.
The file name is case-sensitive. You can configure the data configuration file by referring
to the eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide and save it onto the local PC. Then, change the
file name to LMT.xml.
l If you configure eNodeB parameters by running MML commands, do not download or
activate the LMT.xml file.
Procedure
Step 1 In the MML window on the LMT, run the LST VER command to query the active eNodeB
software version.
If... Then...
The active software version is
the target software version
Download and activate only the data configuration file.
The active software version is
not the target software version
Download and activate both the eNodeB software and data
configuration file.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122

Step 2 Download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the GUI or MML
commands.
l Using GUI
1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management dialog box is
displayed.
NOTE
If the software management function on the LMT is unavailable, the LMT provides a minimum
configuration. In this case, you must supplement the LMT software package to a complete one
to download the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the software management
function. For details, see "How to Switch a Minimum LMT Package to a Complete LMT
Package" in eNodeB LMT User Guide.
2. In the navigation tree, double-click Download and Activate Software. The Download
and Activate Software window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-26.
Figure 3-26 Download and Activate Software window

3. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1 and set the parameters related to the
tasks.
NOTE
l You are advised to select YES(Delay Download) before downloading the eNodeB software.
After the software activation is complete, you can use only the basic LMT functions. To use
all LMT functions, run the SPL SOFTWARE command with Delay Download File Supply
Flag set to YES(Supply File that Support Delay).
l If you have selectedYES(Delay Download), but did not supplement the software, you can
use only the basic LMT functions. However, this does not affect the establishment of an OML
between the M2000 and the eNodeB.
l If you have selectedNO(Not Delay Download), you can use all LMT functions after the
software is activated. However, the eNodeB deployment will be prolonged for 10 minutes.
l You can select XML or DBS, depending on the type of the data configuration file to be
downloaded and activated.
l You must enter the version number of the target software for activation.
l You must save the eNodeB software package, data configuration file, and license file in the
same directory on the FTP server.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
4. Click Execute. The eNodeB performs the selected tasks in sequence. There is a progress
bar under the Execute button, indicating the current progress and task status. When the
progress bar of each task displays 100%, the download and activation are complete.
NOTE
l If a task is not selected, the eNodeB skips the task and goes to the next task.
l If a task fails, the eNodeB stops the task and subsequent tasks.
l After the data configuration file is activated, it will take effect by default when the eNodeB is
reset.
l After the eNodeB software is activated, the software will take effect when the eNodeB is
automatically reset. If the data configuration file has been activated, it will also take effect when
the eNodeB is reset.
l Using MML commands
1. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1. Table 3-27 describes the mapping
between tasks and MML commands.
Table 3-27 Mapping between tasks and MML commands
Sequence Task MML Command
1 Download the
BootROM
DLD SOFTWARE
2 Activate the
BootROM
ACT SOFTWARE
3 Download the
eNodeB software
DLD SOFTWARE
4 Download the data
configuration file
DLD CFGFILE
5 Activate the data
configuration file
ACT CFGFILE
6 Activate the
eNodeB software
ACT SOFTWARE
7 Query the software
management status
NOTE
The command
supports querying
the download,
activation, and
supplement status of
the software.
DSP SOFTSTATUS

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
CAUTION
l After the eNodeB software is downloaded and activated and the eNodeB is reset, log in to
the eNodeB using the LMT within 30 minutes. Otherwise, the eNodeB will roll back to the
source version.
l The eNodeB is automatically reset after the eNodeB software is activated. Before the eNodeB
is automatically reset, do not run a reset command to reset the eNodeB or boards, power off
the eNodeB, or remove any boards. Otherwise, the software may fail to be downloaded or
activated, or the software and files may be cleared or damaged.
----End
3.4.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the
LMT
After downloading the commissioning license to the eNodeB on the LMT, you are authorized
to use the eNodeB software.
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The commissioning license is available on the FTP server.
Context
Apply for the commissioning license of the eNodeB with the help of Huawei technical support.
NOTE
The commissioning license has a time limit. Replace the commissioning license with a commercial license in
time after the eNodeB commissioning is complete.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the INS LICENSE command to download and activate the license file on the eNodeB.
----End
3.4.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT
This section describes how to commission the antenna system on the local maintenance terminal
(LMT), which involves commissioning antenna line devices (ALDs) such as remote electrical
tilt (RET) antennas and tower-mounted amplifiers (TMAs) and measuring voltage standing wave
ratios (VSWRs).
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The license for ALD management is available.
Commissioning the RET Antenna
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt
(RET) antenna, including downloading the RET software and data configuration file, calibrating
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
the RET antenna, setting the RET antenna downtilt, and querying RET overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms. The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data.
Otherwise, the RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.
Prerequisites
l The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.
l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.
l The RET software and data configuration file are available.
l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
Figure 3-27 shows the procedure for commissioning the RET antenna.
Figure 3-27 Procedure for commissioning the RET antenna
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126

Table 3-28 describes the preparations for commissioning the RET antenna.
Table 3-28 Preparations for commissioning the RET antenna
Item Description
RET software The RET software is supplied by the ALD
vendor.
RET data configuration file The RET data configuration file is supplied
by the ALD vendor. The configuration data
varies according to the vendor and RET
antenna model.
Information about the RET downtilt The RET downtilt is defined in the network
plan.

l The RET antenna does not provide the file check function. If an incorrect RET data
configuration file is downloaded, the RET antenna may become unavailable.
l Calibrating the RET antenna is mandatory after the RET antenna is installed. If you skip
this step, the RET downtilt may be incorrect and the network coverage is affected.
l The RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after you reset or power off the RET
antenna. After calibrating the RET antenna, you must set the RET downtilt again to ensure
that the downtilt is correct without affecting the network coverage.
l Setting an RET downtilt takes a maximum of 2 minutes.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The RET is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add an RET antenna.
MML command: ADD RET
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huawei
for technical support.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.
MML command:DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current RET software
version is the same as the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 7 to download the RET data configuration file.
The current RET software
version is different from the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the software
of other RET antennas.
Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.
1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.
MML command: DSP RET
The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You must
download the data configuration file for each subunit.
2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.
MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA
If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multiple
RET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.
Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.
MML command: CLB RET
NOTE
If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and the
mapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.
If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.
Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.
If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether the
RET downtilt is calibrated successfully.
1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
2. Set the RET downtilt.
MML command:MOD RETTILT
If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for other
RET antennas.
3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configured
downtilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. If
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB Alarm
Reference.
MML command: DSP RETPORT
----End
Commissioning the TMA
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the tower-mounted amplifier
(TMA). Commissioning the TMA aims to check whether the current TMA software version is
the same as the target TMA software version. If they are different, load the target TMA software.
After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA automatically resets. The software then takes effect
and the TMA starts working properly.
Prerequisites
l The TMA is installed correctly.
l The TMA software is available.
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The FTP server functions properly and is properly connected to the eNodeB on the same
network segment.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
CAUTION
Ensure that there is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB. If a firewall is installed
on the PC, disable it.
Context
l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.
l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.
l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
If... Run...
The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The TMA is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add a TMA.
MML command: ADD TMA
Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.
MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT
l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this
situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.
l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.
MML command: DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current TMA software
version is the same as the
target TMA software
version
Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and perform
Step 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms.
The current TMA software
version is different from the
target TMA software
version
Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software of
other TMAs.
Step 8 Set the TMA gain.
MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to set
the gains for other TMAs.
Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT
If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeB
Alarm Reference.
----End
Measuring the VSWR
This section describes how to measure the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) to verify the
antenna system.
Prerequisites
l The antenna system has been properly installed on the eNodeB.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST RRU command to query the VSWR alarm threshold.
Step 2 Run the STR VSWRTEST command to start a VSWR test.
If... Then...
The test value is less than
the VSWR alarm threshold
The antenna system is properly installed. End the
commissioning.
The test value is greater
than or equal to the VSWR
alarm threshold
The antenna system is not properly installed. Rectify the faults
by referring to the handling procedures for the VSWR alarm in
the eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End
3.4.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on
the LMT
This section describes how to check the environment monitoring equipment on the LMT. After
the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that it
functions properly.
Setting Environment Alarm Parameters
This section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible range
as required.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
Prerequisites
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The environment monitoring equipment has been configured.
l The DIP switches on the environment monitoring device are properly set. For details, see
the APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product Description,
APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description and EMUA
User Guide.
Context
The remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit
(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in the
APM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports.
The external environment alarm and the extended alarm port are already bound together. For
details, see Table 3-29.
Table 3-29 Extended alarm ports
MO MML Command Description
AlmPort SET ALMPORT This command is used to set the input port of
environment signals.

If the alarm ID of an external environment alarm is predefined, the following steps can be
skipped. For details about the predefined alarm IDs, see eNodeB Alarm Reference.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST ALMPORT command to check whether external alarm ports are configured
correctly, whether ports are enabled, and whether port types and alarm severities are the same
as the configured values.
Step 2 Run the SET ENVALMPARA command to set the name, severity, and event type of an external
environment alarm.
NOTE
ALM ID is configured when the external environmental alarm and the extended alarm port are bound.
----End
Checking for External Environment Alarms
This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting the
parameters for environment alarms, you must verify the parameter settings by checking for
external environment alarms.
Context
You can manually trigger external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings. If the
external environment alarms can be reported correctly, the parameter settings are correct.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
Procedure
Step 1 Manually trigger external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix Triggering
Monitoring Device Alarms.
Step 2 Check for active alarms on the local maintenance terminal (LMT). For details, see 3.4.8
Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT. If the external environment alarms can be reported
correctly, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is reported, reset
the parameters or contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
Example
Assuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whether
the parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:
1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed Sensor
Disabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.
2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether water
damage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settings
are correct.
3.4.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs
This section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) or
radio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.
Prerequisites
l The RRU or RFU is connected properly.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.
Context
The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.
If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands to
manually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one.
The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than the
maximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmit
channel No. of the RRU or RFU.
Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by the
RRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.
Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.
Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum output
power for the RRU or RFU takes effect.
If... Then...
The maximum output
power takes effect
No further action is required.
The maximum transmit
power fails to be set
Set the maximum output power within the power specifications
supported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output power
still fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

NOTE
Before returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTC
command to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the setting
to take effect.
----End
3.4.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT
This section describes how to handle the alarms generated during the commissioning.
Prerequisites
The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 On the LMT, click the Alarm/Event button. The Alarm/Event tab page is displayed.
Step 2 Check for active alarms on the Engineering Alarm tab page under the Browse Alarm/Event
tab page.
If ... Then ...
No active alarm exists End the task.
Active alarms exist Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Double-click an active alarm. The Detailed Information dialog box is displayed.
Step 4 Click Solution... to know the detailed information and alarm handling procedure. Clear the active
alarm by following the alarm handling procedure.
----End
3.4.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT
This section describes how to check the operating status of the eNodeB on the local maintenance
terminal (LMT).
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
Prerequisites
The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Context
Table 3-30 lists the eNodeB device checklist.
Table 3-30 eNodeB device checklist
Check Item Description
eNodeB type Check the eNodeB type in data configuration.
eNodeB
software version
Check the active eNodeB software, including the version and operating
status.
Hardware status Check the status of the radio frequency (RF) unit, receive channel,
transmit channel, and boards.
Interface status Check the configuration related to IP paths, common public radio
interface (CPRI) ports, remote maintenance channels, E1/T1 ports,
Ethernet ports, and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) links
of the eNodeB.
Cell status Check the cell status.
Active alarm
query
Check for active alarms of the eNodeB.

Procedure
Step 1 On the LMT, click Self-Test. On the displayed Self-Test tab page, a man-machine language
(MML) command script with the complete parameter settings is automatically imported to the
command area.
Step 2 Click Execute. The execution result is displayed in the area below Execute.
NOTE
If all items pass the check, the eNodeB operates properly. Otherwise, check for active alarms and clear them. If
all active alarms are cleared but the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
3.4.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB
This section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.
l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.
l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.
l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.
Procedure
l Test the web page browsing service.
Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.
Perform the test 20 times.
Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.

l Test the file uploading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.
Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.
Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and none
of the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear with
no loud noise.

----End
3.4.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB
This section describes how to establish an operation and maintenance link (OML) between the
M2000 and the eNodeB on the M2000 client.
Prerequisites
l The transmission link between the eNodeB and M2000 is functioning properly.
l The M2000 server and client are running properly.
l You have obtained the eNodeB information such as the name, IP address, version, and
administrative region of the eNodeB.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
Context
To reduce maintenance workload, the M2000 enables you to create eNodeBs in batches in the
topology. For details, see Creating Multiple Physical NEs in the M2000 Online Help. This
section describes the procedure for creating an eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Create an eNodeB in the topology.
1. On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab page
is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-28.
Figure 3-28 Main Topology tab page

2. In the Physical Root navigation tree or the physical view, right-click the subnet for the
eNodeB to be created and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. The Create NE dialog
box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-29.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
Figure 3-29 Create NE dialog box

3. In the Create NE dialog box, select the specific eNodeB from Access Network Series.
4. Configure the eNodeB information in the right window of the dialog box.
5. Click OK to create the eNodeB.
NOTE
The Create NE Progress dialog box is displayed, indicating the NE creation progress. After the eNodeB
is successfully created, the M2000 automatically obtains the eNodeB configuration information.
If the network connection between the M2000 and the created eNodeB is faulty, the eNodeB is still
displayed in the specified location in the topology. However, the eNodeB is disconnected and is shown
as .
6. Click Close to close the Progress dialog box.
Step 2 About 5 minutes later, observe the eNodeB icon on the Main Topology tab page.
If... Then...
The eNodeB icon is
The OML fails to be established. Contact
Huawei for technical support.
The eNodeB icon is
The OML is successfully established.

----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
3.4.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,
set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab
page is displayed.
2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-click
Query Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, the
configuration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance
Mode tab page is displayed.
2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. The
Set Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Select the target NE and specify the time.
4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.
5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.
6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.
NOTE
The alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.
----End
3.5 Local Commissioning on the LMT (with the SeGW)
To commission an eNodeB on local using a local maintenance terminal (LMT), you need to
upgrade the eNodeB software, download the configuration files, commission the antenna line
devices (ALDs), and check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. Then, establish the
operation and maintenance (O&M) channel between the eNodeB and the M2000 on the M2000
server.
3.5.1 Commissioning Procedure
This section describes how to perform eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the security
gateway (SeGW) is deployed.
Figure 3-30 shows the procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW is
deployed.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
Figure 3-30 Procedure for eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW is deployed

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
Table 3-31 Commissioning procedure
Step Operation Manda
tory/
Option
al
1 Local and
remote
cooperative
operations
Prepare for performing LMT-based commissioning, which
involves obtaining the eNodeB information and
commissioning tools, configuring the security equipment,
and obtaining associated files and digital certificates. For
details, see 3.5.2 Preparations.
Mandat
ory
2 Local
operations
on the LMT
Download and activate eNodeB software and data
configuration files on the LMT. For details, see 3.5.3
Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and
Data Configuration File on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
3 Download the license file for eNodeB commissioning on
the LMT. For details, see 3.5.4 Downloading the License
for eNodeB Commissioning on the LMT.
Optiona
l
4 Commission the antenna system on the LMT. For details,
see 3.5.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the
LMT.
Optiona
l
5 After the environment monitoring equipment is connected,
commission the equipment so that it operates properly. For
details, see 3.5.6 Commissioning the Environment
Monitoring Equipment on the LMT.
Optiona
l
6 Set the maximum transmit power of RRUs or RFUs. RRU
and RFU are short for remote radio unit and radio frequency
unit, respectively. For details, see 3.5.7 Setting the
Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs.
Optiona
l
7 Handle eNodeB alarms on the LMT. For details, see 3.5.8
Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
8 Check the running status of the eNodeB on the LMT. For
details, see 3.5.9 Checking the Operating Status of the
eNodeB on the LMT.
Mandat
ory
9 Verify the basic services of the eNodeB. For details, see
3.5.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB.
Mandat
ory
10 Remote
operations
on the
M2000
After the eNodeB is correctly connected to the M2000,
establish an operation and maintenance (OM) link for the
eNodeB on the M2000. For details, see 3.5.11 Establishing
an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB.
Mandat
ory
11 After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB
starts to provide services properly, set the eNodeB to the
normal state on the M2000. For details, see 3.5.12 Setting
an NE to the NORMAL Mode.
Mandat
ory

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
NOTE
After an eNodeB is deployed, local engineers can determine whether the eNodeB is working properly by
observing the indicators on eNodeB boards. For details about the indicator descriptions and operations for
rectifying possible faults, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
3.5.2 Preparations
Before local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT when the SeGW is deployed in the network,
you need to collect related eNodeB information, obtain commissioning tools, and configure the
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server. If digital certificate files are unavailable in PKI-based
authentication mode, obtain digital certificates and add them to the eNodeB using the LMT.
Obtaining Related Information and Tools Required for eNodeB Commissioning
on the LMT
Before local eNodeB commissioning on the local maintenance terminal (LMT), you must obtain
related eNodeB information and commissioning tools.
Procedure
Step 1 Collect the information related to the eNodeB, as described in Table 3-32.
Table 3-32 Information related to the eNodeB
Item Source or Remarks
eNodeB name Planned by the operator
eNodeB ID Planned by the operator

Step 2 Obtain the tools required for local commissioning on the LMT, as described in Table 3-33.
Table 3-33 Tools required for local eNodeB commissioning on the LMT
Tool Description
Laptop l The hardware configuration, software configuration, and
communication capabilities of the laptop must meet
requirements. For details, see System Requirements for the
LMT Installation in the eNodeB LMT User Guide.
l The software and data configuration file required for eNodeB
commissioning on the LMT are saved in the laptop.
Ethernet cable LMPT: The Ethernet cable directly connects the laptop to the
eNodeB. UMPT: The Ethernet cable connects the laptop to the USB-
to-Ethernet port transfer cable.
Local maintenance
adapter (LMA)
The LMA connects the USB port on the UMPT to the Ethernet cable.
Testing UE The testing UE is functional and has been registered with the home
subscriber server (HSS).
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142

----End
Obtaining Digital Certificates
Before commissioning an eNodeB, obtain the operator's root certificate and the eNodeB
certificate request file. The operator's root certificate is used for the eNodeB to authenticate the
SeGW when establishing IPSec tunnels, and the eNodeB certificate request file is used to obtain
the operator-issued device certificate in offline mode.
Context
Figure 3-31 shows the procedure for obtaining digital certificates.
Figure 3-31 Procedure for obtaining digital certificates

Procedure
Step 1 Obtain the operator's root certificate.
Step 2 Generate the certificate request file on the eNodeB.
Run the CRE CERTREQFILE command with FILENAME set to the name of the certificate
request file (in the XXX.req format) and REQMODE set to NEW.
----End
Configuring the Security Equipment
On the live networks, operators use different security gateway (SeGW) equipment with different
configuration data. Based on the operators' network planning and network design, the equipment
is configured according to the user guide of a corresponding equipment type. The following
configurations and operations are based on Huawei S6500 series Ethernet switches. If the
eNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, operations on authentication devices are
based on Huawei Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
Prerequisites
l Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual is available. You can obtain
the document from http://support.huawei.com.
l HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide is available. You can obtain the document from
http://support.huawei.com.
l If IEEE 802.1X-based access control is adopted, the operator must use the authentication
access equipment that supports IEEE 802.1X-based access control authentication and the
corresponding AAA server that supports Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP).
Context
In scenarios with the security gateway (SeGW) deployed, the SeGW must be configured. If the
eNodeB performs IEEE 802.1X-based access control, authentication access equipment and
authentication server must be configured. Generally, the authentication server refers to the
Authentication, Authorization and Accounting (AAA) server.
l Table 3-34 describes the SeGW configurations.
Table 3-34 SeGW configurations
Item Description
IP address Set two port IP addresses for the SeGW. One is used to communicate
with the eNodeB through the untrusted domain, and the other is used to
communicate with the core network through the trusted domain.
Route Configure the routes to the M2000, S-GW, mobility management entity
(MME), eNodeB port IP address, S1 signaling and service IP addresses,
and OM IP address.
IKE local
name
Set this parameter for the SeGW.
ike proposal l Set authentication method to digital certificate mode.
l Set authentication algorithm to SHA_1 or MD5. Generally, set
this parameter to SHA_1.
l Set encryption algorithm to AES or DES. Generally, set this
parameter to AES.
l Set DH group to DH group2.
acl Set this parameter to allow all IP packets to pass through the SeGW.
Assume that the SeGW is Huawei eduemon. Then, set this parameter
to permit ip.
ike peer Set a key or certificate based on the authentication method specified in
the IKE proposal. Set local id type to name. Set the IKE proposal based
on the preceding settings. Set the IKE version to V1 or V2.
ipsec
proposal
Set encapsulation mode to tunnel or transport. Generally, set this
parameter to tunnel.
Set transform to esp or AH. Generally, set this parameter to esp.
Set esp authentication to SHA_1, and set esp encryption to AES.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
Item Description
ipsec policy-
template
Set this parameter to template for the SeGW.
Set an ACL rule based on the preceding setting.
Set psf group to DH group2.
Set ike peer and ipsec proposal based on the preceding settings.
ipsec policy Set this parameter based on the value of ipsec policy-template.
ipsec binding
to port
Set this parameter to bind the policy specified by ipsec policy to a
planned port.

NOTE
Different from the versions earlier than V100R005C00, if the SeGW functions as a security gateway
as well as a firewall in V100R005C00, you are required to enable UDP 67 and UDP 68 ports on the
SeGW.
l When the authentication access equipment is used, the authentication mode and the
authentication method must be set to Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service
(RADIUS) and EAP respectively, because certificate authentication is adopted currently.
l When the AAA server is used, the CA certificates of terminal users must be uploaded, and
the file names of the user certificate and private key must be configured for the AAA server.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the configuration of the SeGW by referring to Table 3-34.
Step 2 Ensure that the Huawei root CA certificate and Huawei CRL file are configured on the SeGW.
Step 3 Configure the authentication access equipment.
The authentication access equipment may vary according to different operators. Huawei
Quidway S6500 series Ethernet switches are taken as an example.
1. Enable the global IEEE 802.1X-based access control feature.
Run sys to enter the system command state. Run dot1x to enable the global IEEE 802.1X-
based access control feature.
2. Enable the IEEE 802.1X feature on the port.
For example, to enable the IEEE 802.1X feature for port 3, run the interface
GigabitEthernet 1/0/3 command to enter the port view, and run the dot1x command to
enable IEEE 802.1X feature.
3. Run dot1x authentication-method { chap | pap | eap } to set the authentication method
to EAP.
4. Configure the VLAN and add the route relationship between the transmission network and
AAA server.
For example, run the vlan 4 command to add a VLAN whose ID is 4. Run the interface
vlan 4 command to enter the VLAN view, and run the ip add 10.147.209.38
255.255.255.0 command to add an IP address and subnet mask for the VLAN. Run the
ip route-static 10.166.27.48 24 10.147.209.1 command to add the switch-to-AAA server
route relationship.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
5. Set the parameters of AAA server on the switch.
Run the radius scheme accounting command to create a RADIUS solution named
radius1, and enter the RADIUS view. Then, run the primary authentication 10.166.27.48
1812 command to set the port No. to 1812 and the IP address to 10.166.27.48 for the primary
authentication server. Then, run key authentication itellin to set the authentication key to
itellin.
For details, see Quidway S6500 Series Ethernet Switches Operation Manual.
Step 4 Configure the eNodeB CA certificate for the AAA server.
The AAA server may vary according to different operators. The descriptions here take the
Huawei AAA server as an example. For details, see HUAWEI AAA Commissioning Guide.
1. Upload the CA certificate of a terminal user to the iscc2/config/secert directory of infoX
AAA server.
2. Change the file names of the user certificate and private key in the SCPCFG.INI file. Ensure
that the file names are consistent with the file names of the user certificate and private key
uploaded in Step 4.1.
----End
Configuring the FTP Server
This section describes how to log in to the eNodeB using the LMT to configure a File Transfer
Protocol (FTP) server before performing LMT-based local commissioning.
Prerequisites
l The firewall has been disabled between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
l All the FTP servers on the LMT PC have been disabled.
l The software and data configuration file are available and saved in the same directory on
the LMT PC.
CAUTION
The maximum length of the file name plus the path cannot be larger than the maximum
length of file name supported by the FTP server and cannot be more than 248 characters.
(Some servers do not support a full-path file name consisting of 248 characters. For details,
see the related FTP server manual.)
Context
The FTP server uses the IP address of the LMT PC. This IP address must be in the same network
segment as the OM IP address of the LMPT or UMPT board.
Procedure
Step 1 Enter the OM IP address of the main control board of the eNodeB. The default IP address is
192.168.0.49.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
Step 2 Click Go to. The LMT login page is displayed. The default user name is admin. The default
password is case-sensitive and varies with the delivery date of the base station:
l The default password is hwbs@com if the base station is delivered on or after July 18, 2012.
l The default password is admin123 if the base station is delivered before July 18, 2012.
l The default password remains unchanged after a base station upgrade.
Step 3 Download the FTP server software if no FTP server is available.
1. On the LMT, click the Software Management tab. The Software Management tab page
is displayed.
2. In the navigation tree, double-click FTP Server Configuration. The FTP Server
Configuration window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-32.
Figure 3-32 FTP Server Configuration window

3. Click Download FTP Tool. The File Download-Security Warning dialog box is
displayed.
4. Click Save to save the FTP server software package (SFTPServer.exe) to the LMT PC.
Step 4 Configure the FTP server.
1. Double-click SFTPServer.exe to start the FTP server. The FTP server icon is displayed as
in the status area on the right of the taskbar.
2. Right-click and choose FTP server configure from the shortcut menu. The FTP server
configuration dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-33.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
Figure 3-33 FTP server configuration dialog box

3. Set User name, Password, and Working directory for the FTP server. The default user
name and password are admin. Working directory must be set to the directory where the
software and data configuration file are saved. The default transmission security mode is
Both.
4. Click OK.
Step 5 Save the FTP server configuration on the LMT main window.
1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management tab page is
displayed.
2. On the FTP Server Configure tab page, set IP address for the FTP server.
3. Enter User name and Password based on the settings in Step 4.3. The default name and
password are admin.
4. Click Save to save the FTP server configuration.
----End
Downloading the Digital Certificate on the LMT
When the security gateway (SeGW) is deployed in the network, the digital certificate must be
added to the eNodeB on the local maintenance terminal (LMT) if there is no data configuration
file.
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The FTP user can access the specified directory.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
l The FTP server configuration is complete.
l The operator's root Certificate Authority (CA) certificate and Charging Rule Language
(CRL) file are available, and they are saved in the same directory as that of the eNodeB
software and data configuration files.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
CAUTION
The maximum length of the file name plus the path cannot be larger than the maximum
length of file name supported by the FTP server and cannot be more than 248 characters.
(Some servers do not support a full-path file name consisting of 248 characters. For details,
see the related FTP server manual.)
Procedure
Step 1 Download the operator's root CA certificate and CRL file to the eNodeB by running the DLD
CERTFILE command.
Step 2 Add the operator's root CA certificate by running the ADD TRUSTCERT.
Step 3 Add the operator's CRL file by running the ADD CRL command.
Step 4 Export the certificate request file by running the ULD NEFILE command.
Step 5 Use the certificate request file to apply for the operator-issued device certificate in offline mode.
Step 6 Download the operator-issued device certificate to the eNodeB by running the DLD
CERTFILE command.
Step 7 Load the operator-issued device certificate to the eNodeB by running the ADD CERTMK
command.
Step 8 Activate the operator-issued device certificate on the eNodeB by running the MOD
APPCERT command.
----End
3.5.3 Downloading and Activating the eNodeB Software and Data
Configuration File on the LMT
This section describes how to download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration
file on the LMT. The eNodeB software and data configuration file take effect after the eNodeB
is reset.
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The FTP server is connected to the eNodeB in the same network segment and is functioning
properly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
l You can obtain the eNodeB software package from http://support.huawei.com/ and save
it onto the local computer. The eNodeB software package has been digitally signed. If the
eNodeB software package has been tampered with, a warning message is displayed when
the package is being downloaded. In this situation, you must obtain a correct eNodeB
software package.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
l The name of the data configuration file for local commissioning on the LMT is LMT.xml.
The file name is case-sensitive. You can configure the data configuration file by referring
to the eNodeB Initial Configuration Guide and save it onto the local PC. Then, change the
file name to LMT.xml.
l If you configure eNodeB parameters by running MML commands, do not download or
activate the LMT.xml file.
Procedure
Step 1 In the MML window on the LMT, run the LST VER command to query the active eNodeB
software version.
If... Then...
The active software version is
the target software version
Download and activate only the data configuration file.
The active software version is
not the target software version
Download and activate both the eNodeB software and data
configuration file.

Step 2 Download and activate the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the GUI or MML
commands.
l Using GUI
1. On the LMT, click Software Management. The Software Management dialog box is
displayed.
NOTE
If the software management function on the LMT is unavailable, the LMT provides a minimum
configuration. In this case, you must supplement the LMT software package to a complete one
to download the eNodeB software and data configuration file using the software management
function. For details, see "How to Switch a Minimum LMT Package to a Complete LMT
Package" in eNodeB LMT User Guide.
2. In the navigation tree, double-click Download and Activate Software. The Download
and Activate Software window is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-34.
Figure 3-34 Download and Activate Software window

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
3. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1 and set the parameters related to the
tasks.
NOTE
l You are advised to select YES(Delay Download) before downloading the eNodeB software.
After the software activation is complete, you can use only the basic LMT functions. To use
all LMT functions, run the SPL SOFTWARE command with Delay Download File Supply
Flag set to YES(Supply File that Support Delay).
l If you have selectedYES(Delay Download), but did not supplement the software, you can
use only the basic LMT functions. However, this does not affect the establishment of an OML
between the M2000 and the eNodeB.
l If you have selectedNO(Not Delay Download), you can use all LMT functions after the
software is activated. However, the eNodeB deployment will be prolonged for 10 minutes.
l You can select XML or DBS, depending on the type of the data configuration file to be
downloaded and activated.
l You must enter the version number of the target software for activation.
l You must save the eNodeB software package, data configuration file, and license file in the
same directory on the FTP server.
4. Click Execute. The eNodeB performs the selected tasks in sequence. There is a progress
bar under the Execute button, indicating the current progress and task status. When the
progress bar of each task displays 100%, the download and activation are complete.
NOTE
l If a task is not selected, the eNodeB skips the task and goes to the next task.
l If a task fails, the eNodeB stops the task and subsequent tasks.
l After the data configuration file is activated, it will take effect by default when the eNodeB is
reset.
l After the eNodeB software is activated, the software will take effect when the eNodeB is
automatically reset. If the data configuration file has been activated, it will also take effect when
the eNodeB is reset.
l Using MML commands
1. Select tasks to be performed according to Step 1. Table 3-35 describes the mapping
between tasks and MML commands.
Table 3-35 Mapping between tasks and MML commands
Sequence Task MML Command
1 Download the
BootROM
DLD SOFTWARE
2 Activate the
BootROM
ACT SOFTWARE
3 Download the
eNodeB software
DLD SOFTWARE
4 Download the data
configuration file
DLD CFGFILE
5 Activate the data
configuration file
ACT CFGFILE
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
Sequence Task MML Command
6 Activate the
eNodeB software
ACT SOFTWARE
7 Query the software
management status
NOTE
The command
supports querying
the download,
activation, and
supplement status of
the software.
DSP SOFTSTATUS

CAUTION
l After the eNodeB software is downloaded and activated and the eNodeB is reset, log in to
the eNodeB using the LMT within 30 minutes. Otherwise, the eNodeB will roll back to the
source version.
l The eNodeB is automatically reset after the eNodeB software is activated. Before the eNodeB
is automatically reset, do not run a reset command to reset the eNodeB or boards, power off
the eNodeB, or remove any boards. Otherwise, the software may fail to be downloaded or
activated, or the software and files may be cleared or damaged.
----End
3.5.4 Downloading the License for eNodeB Commissioning on the
LMT
After downloading the commissioning license to the eNodeB on the LMT, you are authorized
to use the eNodeB software.
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The commissioning license is available on the FTP server.
Context
Apply for the commissioning license of the eNodeB with the help of Huawei technical support.
NOTE
The commissioning license has a time limit. Replace the commissioning license with a commercial license in
time after the eNodeB commissioning is complete.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
Procedure
Step 1 Run the INS LICENSE command to download and activate the license file on the eNodeB.
----End
3.5.5 Commissioning the Antenna System on the LMT
This section describes how to commission the antenna system on the local maintenance terminal
(LMT), which involves commissioning antenna line devices (ALDs) such as remote electrical
tilt (RET) antennas and tower-mounted amplifiers (TMAs) and measuring voltage standing wave
ratios (VSWRs).
Prerequisites
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The license for ALD management is available.
Commissioning the RET Antenna
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the remote electrical tilt
(RET) antenna, including downloading the RET software and data configuration file, calibrating
the RET antenna, setting the RET antenna downtilt, and querying RET overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms. The RET downtilt must be configured based on the planned network data.
Otherwise, the RET downtilt affects antenna coverage.
Prerequisites
l The antenna line device (ALD) is installed correctly.
l The LMT communicates with the eNodeB properly.
l The RET software and data configuration file are available.
l The FTP server functions properly and is connected to the eNodeB correctly.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
l There is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB.
Context
Figure 3-35 shows the procedure for commissioning the RET antenna.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
Figure 3-35 Procedure for commissioning the RET antenna

Table 3-36 describes the preparations for commissioning the RET antenna.
Table 3-36 Preparations for commissioning the RET antenna
Item Description
RET software The RET software is supplied by the ALD
vendor.
RET data configuration file The RET data configuration file is supplied
by the ALD vendor. The configuration data
varies according to the vendor and RET
antenna model.
Information about the RET downtilt The RET downtilt is defined in the network
plan.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154

l The RET antenna does not provide the file check function. If an incorrect RET data
configuration file is downloaded, the RET antenna may become unavailable.
l Calibrating the RET antenna is mandatory after the RET antenna is installed. If you skip
this step, the RET downtilt may be incorrect and the network coverage is affected.
l The RET antenna does not need to be calibrated again after you reset or power off the RET
antenna. After calibrating the RET antenna, you must set the RET downtilt again to ensure
that the downtilt is correct without affecting the network coverage.
l Setting an RET downtilt takes a maximum of 2 minutes.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The RET is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The RET is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the RET, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent RET commissioning.
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add an RET antenna.
MML command: ADD RET
Step 4 Check whether the RET antenna is working. If the RET antenna is not working, contact Huawei
for technical support.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 5 Query the current RET software version of the ALD.
MML command:DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current RET software
version is the same as the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 7 to download the RET data configuration file.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
If... Then...
The current RET software
version is different from the
target RET software
version
Record the device number of the RET antenna, and perform
Step 6 to download the RET software.

Step 6 Download the RET software.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple RET antennas, repeat Step 6 to download the software
of other RET antennas.
Step 7 Download the RET data configuration file supplied by the ALD vendor.
1. Query the number of subunits for each RET antenna and record the query results.
MML command: DSP RET
The subunits of an RET antenna are numbered from 1 in ascending order. You must
download the data configuration file for each subunit.
2. Download the data configuration file for each subunit.
MML command: DLD RETCFGDATA
If an RET antenna consists of multiple subunits or an eNodeB is configured with multiple
RET antennas, repeat Step 7.2 to download the data configuration files for other subunits.
Step 8 Calibrate the RET antenna.
MML command: CLB RET
NOTE
If the RET downtilt fails to be calibrated, check for the cabinet, subrack, and slot configurations and the
mapping between the RET antenna and the sector. If the configurations and mapping are incorrect, run the
MOD RETSUBUNIT command to set them gain, and calibrate the RET downtilt again.
If you run this command without specifying any parameters, RET antennas can be calibrated in batches.
Step 9 Set the RET downtilt.
If the downtilt has been set in the data configuration file, perform Step 9.3 to check whether the
RET downtilt is calibrated successfully.
1. Query the downtilt range supported by the RET antenna.
MML command: DSP RETDEVICEDATA
2. Set the RET downtilt.
MML command:MOD RETTILT
If multiple sectors are configured, repeat Step 9.1 and Step 9.2 to set the downtilts for other
RET antennas.
3. Query the current RET downtilt. If the queried downtilt is the same as the configured
downtilt, the RET downtilt is set successfully.
MML command: DSP RETSUBUNIT
Step 10 Check whether overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated on the RET antenna. If
overcurrent or undercurrent alarms are generated, clear them by referring to eNodeB Alarm
Reference.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
MML command: DSP RETPORT
----End
Commissioning the TMA
This section describes how to use MML commands to commission the tower-mounted amplifier
(TMA). Commissioning the TMA aims to check whether the current TMA software version is
the same as the target TMA software version. If they are different, load the target TMA software.
After the TMA software is loaded, the TMA automatically resets. The software then takes effect
and the TMA starts working properly.
Prerequisites
l The TMA is installed correctly.
l The TMA software is available.
l The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The FTP server functions properly and is properly connected to the eNodeB on the same
network segment.
l Each FTP user has the permission to read a specified folder.
CAUTION
Ensure that there is no firewall between the FTP server and the eNodeB. If a firewall is installed
on the PC, disable it.
Context
l As a part of the antenna system, the TMA is used to amplify the received weak signals.
l The TMA software is supplied by the antenna line device (ALD) vendor.
l If incorrect TMA software is loaded, the TMA may not work property.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the ALD power switch and overcurrent or undercurrent alarm thresholds.
If... Run...
The TMA is connected using the RET port MOD RETPORT
The TMA is connected using the antenna port
on the RRU or RFU
MOD ANTENNAPORT

NOTE
The ALD power switch is OFF by default. Before using the TMA, set the ALD power switch to ON and
set current alarm thresholds. If the current exceeds the overcurrent or undercurrent alarm threshold, the
ALD power switch automatically turns off. This affects the subsequent TMA commissioning.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
Step 2 Scan the ALD connected to the RRU.
MML command: SCN ALD
Step 3 Add a TMA.
MML command: ADD TMA
Step 4 Check whether the TMA starts working and whether the TMA gain is set correctly.
MML command: DSP TMASUBUNIT
l If the maximum gain is the same as the minimum gain, the TMA has a fixed gain. In this
situation, you are not allowed to set any gains.
l If the TMA is not working, contact Huawei for technical support.
Step 5 Query the software version of the TMA to be commissioned.
MML command: DSP ALDVER
NOTE
You can set Operation Mode to SITE(Site) to query all ALD information.
If... Then...
The current TMA software
version is the same as the
target TMA software
version
Perform Step 8 to set the TMA gain as required, and perform
Step 9 to check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or
undercurrent alarms.
The current TMA software
version is different from the
target TMA software
version
Go to Step 6.

Step 6 Download the TMA software to be commissioned.
MML command: DLD ALDSW
Step 7 If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs, repeat Step 5 to download the software of
other TMAs.
Step 8 Set the TMA gain.
MML command: MOD TMASUBUNIT
If the eNodeB is configured with multiple TMAs whose gains can be set, repeat this step to set
the gains for other TMAs.
Step 9 Check whether the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms.
MML command: DSP ANTENNAPORT
If the TMA generates overcurrent or undercurrent alarms, clear the alarms by referring to eNodeB
Alarm Reference.
----End
Measuring the VSWR
This section describes how to measure the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) to verify the
antenna system.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
Prerequisites
l The antenna system has been properly installed on the eNodeB.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST RRU command to query the VSWR alarm threshold.
Step 2 Run the STR VSWRTEST command to start a VSWR test.
If... Then...
The test value is less than
the VSWR alarm threshold
The antenna system is properly installed. End the
commissioning.
The test value is greater
than or equal to the VSWR
alarm threshold
The antenna system is not properly installed. Rectify the faults
by referring to the handling procedures for the VSWR alarm in
the eNodeB Alarm Reference.

----End
3.5.6 Commissioning the Environment Monitoring Equipment on
the LMT
This section describes how to check the environment monitoring equipment on the LMT. After
the environment monitoring equipment is connected, you need to commission it so that it
functions properly.
Setting Environment Alarm Parameters
This section describes how to set environment alarm parameters within the permissible range
as required.
Prerequisites
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l The environment monitoring equipment has been configured.
l The DIP switches on the environment monitoring device are properly set. For details, see
the APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.B) Product Description,
APM30H&TMC11H&IBBS200D&IBBS200T(Ver.C) Product Description and EMUA
User Guide.
Context
The remote radio unit (RRU), universal power environment unit (UPEU) in the baseband unit
(BBU), environment monitoring unit type A (EMUA), and power monitoring unit (PMU) in the
APM30H are all equipped with extended alarm ports.
The external environment alarm and the extended alarm port are already bound together. For
details, see Table 3-37.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
Table 3-37 Extended alarm ports
MO MML Command Description
AlmPort SET ALMPORT This command is used to set the input port of
environment signals.

If the alarm ID of an external environment alarm is predefined, the following steps can be
skipped. For details about the predefined alarm IDs, see eNodeB Alarm Reference.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST ALMPORT command to check whether external alarm ports are configured
correctly, whether ports are enabled, and whether port types and alarm severities are the same
as the configured values.
Step 2 Run the SET ENVALMPARA command to set the name, severity, and event type of an external
environment alarm.
NOTE
ALM ID is configured when the external environmental alarm and the extended alarm port are bound.
----End
Checking for External Environment Alarms
This section describes how to check for external environment alarms. After setting the
parameters for environment alarms, you must verify the parameter settings by checking for
external environment alarms.
Context
You can manually trigger external environment alarms to verify the parameter settings. If the
external environment alarms can be reported correctly, the parameter settings are correct.
Procedure
Step 1 Manually trigger external environment alarms. For details, see the appendix Triggering
Monitoring Device Alarms.
Step 2 Check for active alarms on the local maintenance terminal (LMT). For details, see 3.4.8
Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT. If the external environment alarms can be reported
correctly, the parameter settings are correct. If no external environment alarm is reported, reset
the parameters or contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
Example
Assuming that a water sensor is installed for the fan monitoring unit (FMU), to check whether
the parameter settings for water damage alarms are correct, perform the following operations:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
1. Run the MOD FMU command with WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed Sensor
Disabled) in Special Boolean Alarm Flag cleared.
2. Immerse the water sensor or its probe in water for more than 10s, and check whether water
damage alarms are reported. If water damage alarms are reported, the parameter settings
are correct.
3.5.7 Setting the Maximum Output Power for RRUs or RFUs
This section describes how to set the maximum output power for remote radio units (RRUs) or
radio frequency units (RFUs) according to the local regulations on power specifications.
Prerequisites
l The RRU or RFU is connected properly.
l The local maintenance terminal (LMT) or M2000 communicates properly with the eNodeB.
l You have logged in to the M2000 as administrator.
Context
The maximum output power of the RRU or RFU is specified by the local operator.
If an eNodeB is configured with multiple RRUs or RFUs, you must use MML commands to
manually reset RRUs or RFUs one by one.
The maximum output power for the RRU or RFU needs to be set only if it is less than the
maximum output power that the RRU or RFU can physically achieve.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the DSP RRU command to query the cabinet No., subrack No., slot No., and transmit
channel No. of the RRU or RFU.
Step 2 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to query the maximum output power supported by the
RRU or RFU based on the information queried in Step 1.
Step 3 Run the LOC RRUTC command to set the maximum output power for the RRU or RFU.
Step 4 Run the RST BRD command to reset the RRU or RFU.
Step 5 Run the DSP TXBRANCH command to check whether the setting of the maximum output
power for the RRU or RFU takes effect.
If... Then...
The maximum output
power takes effect
No further action is required.
The maximum transmit
power fails to be set
Set the maximum output power within the power specifications
supported by the RRU or RFU. If the maximum output power
still fails to be set, contact Huawei for technical support.

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
NOTE
Before returning a used but not faulty RRU or RFU to the Spare Parts Center, run the LOC RRUTC
command to set the maximum output power (TXMAXPWR) to 0 and reset the RRU or RFU for the setting
to take effect.
----End
3.5.8 Handling the eNodeB Alarms on the LMT
This section describes how to handle the alarms generated during the commissioning.
Prerequisites
The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 On the LMT, click the Alarm/Event button. The Alarm/Event tab page is displayed.
Step 2 Check for active alarms on the Engineering Alarm tab page under the Browse Alarm/Event
tab page.
If ... Then ...
No active alarm exists End the task.
Active alarms exist Go to Step 3.

Step 3 Double-click an active alarm. The Detailed Information dialog box is displayed.
Step 4 Click Solution... to know the detailed information and alarm handling procedure. Clear the active
alarm by following the alarm handling procedure.
----End
3.5.9 Checking the Operating Status of the eNodeB on the LMT
This section describes how to check the operating status of the eNodeB on the local maintenance
terminal (LMT).
Prerequisites
The LMT communicates properly with the eNodeB.
Context
Table 3-38 lists the eNodeB device checklist.
Table 3-38 eNodeB device checklist
Check Item Description
eNodeB type Check the eNodeB type in data configuration.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
Check Item Description
eNodeB
software version
Check the active eNodeB software, including the version and operating
status.
Hardware status Check the status of the radio frequency (RF) unit, receive channel,
transmit channel, and boards.
Interface status Check the configuration related to IP paths, common public radio
interface (CPRI) ports, remote maintenance channels, E1/T1 ports,
Ethernet ports, and Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) links
of the eNodeB.
Cell status Check the cell status.
Active alarm
query
Check for active alarms of the eNodeB.

Procedure
Step 1 On the LMT, click Self-Test. On the displayed Self-Test tab page, a man-machine language
(MML) command script with the complete parameter settings is automatically imported to the
command area.
Step 2 Click Execute. The execution result is displayed in the area below Execute.
NOTE
If all items pass the check, the eNodeB operates properly. Otherwise, check for active alarms and clear them. If
all active alarms are cleared but the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
3.5.10 Testing the Basic Services of the eNodeB
This section describes how to test the basic services of the eNodeB.
Prerequisites
l The eNodeB and the MME/S-GW are properly connected.
l The negotiation data of the eNodeB to be commissioned is added to the MME/S-GW.
l The testing UE is functional and is registered in the HSS.
l The FTP server for testing the basic services is available.
l The WWW server for testing the basic services is available.
Procedure
l Test the web page browsing service.
Testing Method Access the WWW server and browse the web pages through a UE.
Perform the test 20 times.
Expectation Success rate > 95%. Web browsing is normal.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163

l Test the file uploading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and upload files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate > 90%. The upload rate is stable.

l Test the file downloading service.
Testing Method Access the FTP server and download files through a UE. Perform the
test 10 times.
Expectation Success rate >90%. The download rate is stable.

l Test the VoIP services.
Testing Method Use the testing UE to call another UE 20 times.
Expectation Connection success rate > 95%. The calls are uninterrupted and none
of the calls get dropped till they are released. The voice is clear with
no loud noise.

----End
3.5.11 Establishing an OML Between the M2000 and the eNodeB
This section describes how to establish an operation and maintenance link (OML) between the
M2000 and the eNodeB on the M2000 client.
Prerequisites
l The transmission link between the eNodeB and M2000 is functioning properly.
l The M2000 server and client are running properly.
l You have obtained the eNodeB information such as the name, IP address, version, and
administrative region of the eNodeB.
Context
To reduce maintenance workload, the M2000 enables you to create eNodeBs in batches in the
topology. For details, see Creating Multiple Physical NEs in the M2000 Online Help. This
section describes the procedure for creating an eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Create an eNodeB in the topology.
1. On the M2000 client, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab page
is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-36.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
Figure 3-36 Main Topology tab page

2. In the Physical Root navigation tree or the physical view, right-click the subnet for the
eNodeB to be created and choose New > NE from the shortcut menu. The Create NE dialog
box is displayed, as shown in Figure 3-37.
Figure 3-37 Create NE dialog box

3. In the Create NE dialog box, select the specific eNodeB from Access Network Series.
4. Configure the eNodeB information in the right window of the dialog box.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
5. Click OK to create the eNodeB.
NOTE
The Create NE Progress dialog box is displayed, indicating the NE creation progress. After the eNodeB
is successfully created, the M2000 automatically obtains the eNodeB configuration information.
If the network connection between the M2000 and the created eNodeB is faulty, the eNodeB is still
displayed in the specified location in the topology. However, the eNodeB is disconnected and is shown
as .
6. Click Close to close the Progress dialog box.
Step 2 About 5 minutes later, observe the eNodeB icon on the Main Topology tab page.
If... Then...
The eNodeB icon is
The OML fails to be established. Contact
Huawei for technical support.
The eNodeB icon is
The OML is successfully established.

----End
3.5.12 Setting an NE to the NORMAL Mode
After eNodeB commissioning is complete and the eNodeB starts to provide services properly,
set the eNodeB to the normal state on the M2000.
Procedure
Step 1 Query the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Topology > Main Topology. The Main Topology tab
page is displayed.
2. On the Main Topology tab page, select the target network element (NE) and right-click
Query Maintenance Mode. Then, the Query Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Check whether Current NE Maintenance Mode is set to NORMAL. If it is, the
configuration is complete. If it is not, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Set the eNodeB state.
1. On the M2000 tab page, choose Maintenance > Maintenance Mode. The Maintenance
Mode tab page is displayed.
2. Click Set NE Mode at the upper left corner of the Maintenance Mode tab page. The
Set Maintenance Mode dialog box is displayed.
3. Select the target NE and specify the time.
4. Set NE Mode to NORMAL. The eNodeB is changed to the normal state.
5. Click OK. The setting of the maintenance mode is complete.
6. Ensure that the current the eNodeB state is NORMAL by executing Step 1 again.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
NOTE
The alarms that are not cleared during commissioning will be reported on the eNodeB in the normal state.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 3 eNodeB Commissioning Procedures
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
4 Appendix
About This Chapter
This chapter describes how to encrypt files in a Universal Serial Bus (USB) storage device and
provides the eNodeB commissioning data sheet.
4.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code Scanner
This section describes how to bind the eNodeB using a bar code scanner, which involves printing
a bar code, setting the bar code scanner, and using a bar code scanner to scan a bar code.
4.2 Triggering Monitoring Device Alarms
After setting monitoring device alarms, you must manually trigger the alarms to check whether
the monitoring device can correctly report them. If the monitoring device can correctly report
the alarms, the related settings are correct.
4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators
This section describes how to check the status of indicators to determine whether the eNodeB
is running properly.
4.4 Configuring the Preconfigurationn File
This section describes how to configure the preconfiguration file.
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive
To prevent information leak or unauthorized modification, integrity protection or encryption
protection is required for the files in the Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive.
4.6 Binding Modes Between the M2000 and the eNodeB
In eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning, the eNodeB periodically
sends dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) requests to the DHCP server of M2000
before the operation and maintenance channel (OMCH) is set up. After receiving the DHCP
requests, the DHCP server matches the electronic serial number (ESN), deployment ID, and
information about the latitude and longitude of the eNodeB in the request message with that in
the eNodeB deployment list. In this way, the eNodeB is bound to the M2000. This section
describes modes and process for binding an eNodeB to the M2000.
4.7 Data Sheet for eNodeB Commissioning
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
This section provides the data sheet that is used to record the process and results of the eNodeB
commissioning. The Data Sheet for Commissioning used at different sites may be different. This
table serves as a reference only.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
4.1 eNodeB Binding Using a Bar Code Scanner
This section describes how to bind the eNodeB using a bar code scanner, which involves printing
a bar code, setting the bar code scanner, and using a bar code scanner to scan a bar code.
4.1.1 Printing a Bar Code on the M2000
This section describes how to print a bar code on the M2000.
Prerequisites
l Deployment IDs have been planned, and a deployment list has been imported to the M2000.
For details about how to import a deployment list, see Uploading Data Files.
l A printer for printing bar codes has been ready and is communicating properly with the
M2000.
Context
Bar codes are identified by the width of black and white bars. The resolution for printing bar
codes must be set to 1200 DPI or a greater value to ensure that a bar code scanner can successfully
read bar codes. A professional bar code printer or a common laser printer can be used.
Figure 4-1 shows the process of binding the eNodeB using a bar code scanner.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
Figure 4-1 Process of binding the eNodeB using a bar code scanner

Procedure
Step 1 In the iManager M2000, choose Configuration > Auto Deployment > eNodeB Auto
Deployment. The eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure
4-2.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
Figure 4-2 eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box

Step 2 In the eNodeB Auto Deployment dialog box, click the Deployment List tab. On the
Deployment List tab page, select a list to be printed, right-click it, and then choose Print
Barcode from the shortcut menu. The Print Barcode dialog box is displayed, as shown in
Figure 4-3.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
Figure 4-3 Print Barcode dialog box

NOTE
l You can print one deployment list separately or more deployment lists in batches.
l You can print only the information about one deployment ID on a bar code sheet.
Step 3 Click OK. The print page setup dialog box is displayed.
Step 4 Select a correct printer, set print attributes, and then click Print.
----End
4.1.2 Setting a Bar Code Scanner
This section describes how to set a bar code scanner before you use a bar code scanner to bind
the eNodeB for the first time. The setting method of a bar code scanner varies with its model.
For details, see the related operation guide. The following procedure uses a Honeywell 3800G
(USB-type) bar code scanner as an example.
Prerequisites
l A personal computer (PC) is available.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
l A Honeywell 3800G (USB-type) bar code scanner with configurations before shipment is
available.
l An electronic operation guide to the bar code scanner is available.
Context
The bar code scanner must meet the following requirements:
l Supporting Code128 bar codes.
l Supporting a USB port and low-speed interrupt transmission mode and complying with
general USB keyboard specifications.
l Supporting plug-and-play. No driver is required for the operating systems such as Windows
XP and Windows 2003.
l Supporting laser scanning.
l Complying with Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS).
Honeywell 3800G (USB port) bar code scanner is recommended.
NOTE
You need to set a bar code scanner only once before using it on eNodeBs.
Procedure
Step 1 Print the electronic operation guide on a piece of A4 paper to facilitate scanning of setting codes.
Step 2 Connect the bar code scanner to the PC through a USB port.
CAUTION
Do not connect a bar code scanner that is not set to the eNodeB because this may result in
abnormal eNodeB data processing.
For details about how to check whether a bar code scanner is set, see step 4.
Step 3 Scan the setting codes printed on the A4 paper.
1. Scan the Standard Product Defaults code, as shown in Figure 4-4.
Figure 4-4 Standard Product Defaults code

2. Scan the USB Keyboard (PC) code, as shown in Figure 4-5.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
Figure 4-5 USB Keyboard (PC) code

3. Scan the Save code, as shown in Figure 4-6.
Figure 4-6 Save code

NOTE
To prevent configured parameters from being lost, you are advised to scan the Save code once after
two parameters are configured.
4. Scan the Manual Trigger code, as shown in Figure 4-7.
Figure 4-7 Manual Trigger code

5. Scan the Add CR Suffix code, as shown in Figure 4-8.
Figure 4-8 Add CR Suffix code

6. Repeat step 3.c and save the parameter settings.
Step 4 Check whether the bar code scanner is set correctly.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
Remove the bar code scanner and reconnect it to the PC. Create a .txt file on the PC and open
it. Scan a printed eNodeB ID using the bar code scanner and check whether a correct deployment
ID is displayed in the file. If an incorrect deployment ID is displayed, contact Huawei for
technical support.
----End
4.1.3 Binding the eNodeB by Scanning a Bar Code
This section describes how to bind the eNodeB by scanning a bar code.
Prerequisites
l A bar code sheet containing bar code information is available.
l The bar code information is consistent with the actual eNodeB information.
l A bar code scanner is available.
l The eNodeB has been powered on
l The eNodeB communicates with the M2000 properly.
Context
After the bar code scanner scans a bar code successfully, the eNodeB reports the deployment
ID on the bar code to the M2000. If the deployment ID is consistent with that in the eNodeB
deployment list on the M2000, the M2000 automatically binds the eNodeB.
Procedure
Step 1 Connect the bar code scanner to the USB port on the main control board.
NOTE
l You can scan a bar code about 10s after the indicator on the bar code scanner turns on.
l Ensure that the scanner camera is less than 30 cm away from the bar code.
Step 2 Use the bar code scanner to read the deployment ID on the bar code to the eNodeB.
After the eNodeB obtains the deployment ID, the bar code scanner emits a sound and its laser
indicator turns off. In addition, you can check whether the eNodeB binding is successful by
viewing the RUN indicator on the main control board and checking download of the software
package. For details, see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
Step 3 Remove the bar code scanner after the bar code is successfully scanned.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
NOTE
l If one of the following problems occurs, replace the hardware as follows:
l If the bar code scanner is faulty, replace the bar code scanner and scan the bar code again.
l If the bar code is damaged, print the bar code and scan the bar code again.
l If the bar code scanner cannot be connected to the eNodeB, check whether the USB port on the
eNodeB main control board is functioning properly. If the USB port is faulty, replace the main
control board and scan the bar code again.
l If the hardware functions properly but the eNodeB does not download the software package from the
M2000 after scanning, perform the following operations:
l If binding the eNodeB fails because an incorrect deployment ID is scanned and the eNodeB cannot
find the corresponding configuration, the eNodeB fails to establish an OML. When this occurs,
scan the correct deployment ID.
l If an incorrect deployment ID is scanned and used to establish an OML, and if the eNodeB binds
the M2000 server to the O&M IP address, the eNodeB with a correct deployment ID fails to be
deployed. When this occurs, download correct configuration and then scan the correct deployment
ID for deployment.
----End
4.2 Triggering Monitoring Device Alarms
After setting monitoring device alarms, you must manually trigger the alarms to check whether
the monitoring device can correctly report them. If the monitoring device can correctly report
the alarms, the related settings are correct.
4.2.1 Triggering PMU Alarms
Power monitoring unit (PMU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.
Prerequisites
l The PMU is running properly.
l PMU parameters are set correctly.
Context
Diesel generator or solar device alarms can be triggered only when a diesel generator or a solar
device is configured.
Procedure
l Trigger PMU alarms. For details, see Table 4-1.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
Table 4-1 Triggering PMU alarms
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm
Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25672 Burglar
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Run the MOD PMU command with
GS_DISABLE(Gating Sensor
Disabled) in the Special Boolean
Alarm Flag selected.
2. Install the door status sensor properly
and keep the cabinet door open for
more than 10s.
25670 Water
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Run the MOD PMU command with
WS_DISABLE(Water-Immersed
Sensor Disabled) in the Special
Boolean Alarm Flag selected.
2. Install the water sensor properly and
immerse the water sensor or its probe
in water for more than 10s.
25671 Smoke
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Run the MOD PMU command with
SS_DISABLE(Smog Sensor
Disabled) in the Special Boolean
Alarm Flag selected.
2. Install the smoke sensor properly and
produce smoke around the smoke
sensor for more than 30s. Generally,
smoke alarms are difficult to trigger.
NOTE
You must clear smoke alarms manually.
25600 Monitorin
g Device
Maintena
nce Link
Failure
None Keep the communication cable
disconnected from the COM-IN port on
the FMU for 1 minute.
25622 Mains
Input Out
of
Threshold
l AC Voltage
Alarm Upper
Threshold
l AC Voltage
Alarm Lower
Threshold
1. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the current AC voltage.
2. Run the LST PMU command to
query the upper and lower thresholds
for AC voltage alarms.
3. Run the MOD PMU command with
AC Voltage Alarm Upper
Threshold set to a value 10 V less
than the current AC voltage or AC
Voltage Alarm Lower Threshold
set to a value 10 V greater than the
current AC voltage. Then, wait for
more than 10s.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm
Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25628 AC Surge
Protector
Fault
None l Disconnect the alarm cable from a
lightning rod that can be maintained
independently.
l Use a faulty lightning rod that cannot
be maintained independently.
25621 Power
Supply
DC
Output
Out of
Range
l DC Voltage
Alarm Upper
Threshold
l DC Voltage
Alarm Lower
Threshold
1. Run the LST PMU command to
query the lower threshold for DC
voltage alarms.
2. Run the MOD PMU command to
change the lower threshold for DC
voltage alarms to 51.4 V. (The
default threshold is 45 V.)
3. Turn off the AC power supply and
use batteries to supply power.
4. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the busbar voltage until the
busbar voltage is less than the lower
threshold for DC voltage alarms.
25623 Load
Disconne
ct
l Load
Shutdown
Flag
l Load
Shutdown
Voltage
1. Run the LST PMU command to
query the load shutdown flag and
load shutdown voltage. (This alarm
can be tested together with the Power
Supply DC Output Out of Range
alarm.)
2. Run the MOD PMU command with
Load Shutdown Flag set to
ENABLE and the load shutdown
voltage (default value: 44 V) set 51.3
V. (This alarm can be tested together
with the Power Supply DC Output
Out of Range alarm.)
3. Turn off the AC power supply and
use batteries to supply power.
4. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the busbar voltage until the
busbar voltage is less than the load
shutdown voltage.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm
Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25624 Battery
Power
Unavailab
le (battery
alarm:
Batteries
must be
configure
d.)
l Shutdown
Temperature
l Shutdown
Voltage
1. Run the LST BATTERY command
to query the low voltage shutdown
flag and shutdown voltage.
2. Run the MOD BATTERY
command with Low Voltage
Shutdown Flag set to ENABLE and
the shutdown voltage (default value:
43 V) set to 51 V. (This alarm can be
tested together with the Power
Supply DC Output Out of Range
alarm.)
3. Turn off the AC power supply and
use batteries to supply power.
4. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the busbar voltage until the
busbar voltage is less than the
shutdown voltage.
25625 Battery
Current
Out of
Range
(battery
alarm:
Batteries
must be
configure
d.)
None Turn off batteries for more than 1
minute. For new batteries, you are
advised to turn off the AC power supply
and test this alarm about 5 minutes after
the batteries discharge.
25630 Power
Module
and
Monitorin
g Module
Communi
cation
Failure
(PSU
alarm: A
PSU must
be
configure
d.)
None 1. Run the LST PSU command to query
the PSU status.
2. Keep the PSU disconnected for more
than 10s. For example, if PSUs in
slots 1 and 2 are configured on the
LMT, remove the PSU in slot 1 or 2.
If the PSU in slot 3 is removed, this
alarm cannot be triggered. In
addition, ensure that the system
power is sufficient after you remove
a PSU.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm
Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25626 Power
Module
Abnormal
(PSU
alarm: A
PSU must
be
configure
d.)
None Use a small rod to stop the PSU fan until
the indicator on the PSU turns yellow or
red. Ensure that the system power is
sufficient after you remove a PSU.
25652 Cabinet
Temperat
ure
Unaccept
able
l Cabinet
Temperature
Alarm Upper
Threshold
l Cabinet
Temperature
Alarm Lower
Threshold
1. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the current cabinet
temperature.
2. Run the LST PMU command to
query the upper and lower thresholds
for cabinet temperature alarms.
3. Run the MOD PMU command with
Cabinet Temperature Alarm
Upper Threshold set to a value 5C
less than the current cabinet
temperature or Cabinet
Temperature Alarm Lower
Threshold set to a value 5C greater
than the current cabinet temperature.
Then, wait for more than 10s.
25653 Cabinet
Humidity
unaccepta
ble
l Cabinet
Humidity
Alarm Upper
Threshold
l Cabinet
Temperature
Alarm Lower
Threshold
1. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the current cabinet humidity.
2. Run the LST PMU command to
query the upper and lower thresholds
for cabinet humidity alarms.
3. Run the MOD PMU command with
Cabinet Humidity Alarm Upper
Threshold set to a value 10% less
than the current cabinet relative
humidity (RH) or Cabinet
Humidity Alarm Lower
Threshold set to a value 10% greater
than the current cabinet RH. Then,
wait for more than 10s.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm
Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25654 Battery
Temperat
ure
Unaccept
able
(battery
alarm:
Batteries
must be
configure
d in
advance.)
l Temperature
Alarm Upper
Threshold
l Temperature
Alarm Lower
Threshold
1. Run the DSP PMU command to
query the current battery
temperature.
2. Run the LST BATTERY command
to query the upper and lower
thresholds for battery temperature
alarms.
3. Run the MOD BATTERY
command with Temperature
Alarm Upper Threshold set to a
value 5C less than the current
battery temperature or Temperature
Alarm Lower Threshold set to a
value 5C greater than the current
battery temperature. Then, wait for
more than 10s.
25602 Sensor
Failure
Special Analog
Alarm Flag
If no sensor is connected, run the MOD
PMU command with the temperature or
humidity sensor option in Special
Analog Alarm Flag.
25631 Load Fuse
Broken
None Remove the load fuse.
25632 Battery
Cabin
Heater
Fault
None Use a faulty battery compartment heater.
25633 PMU
Internal
Interface
Communi
cation
Failure
None Remove the communication cable
between the PMU and the sensor signal
board.
25634 Battery
Not In
Position
None 1. Do not connect batteries to the power
supply system.
2. Power on the power system and run
the ADD BATTERY command to
add batteries. Then, wait for more
than 1 minute.
25601 Monitorin
g Device
Hardware
Fault
None Use a faulty monitoring board. (Exercise
caution when triggering this alarm.)
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182

----End
4.2.2 Triggering FMU Alarms
Fan monitoring unit (FMU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.
Prerequisites
l The FMU is running properly.
l FMU parameters have been correctly set.
Context
No burglar, water, smoke, or external Boolean alarm is available for indoor eNodeBs.
Procedure
l Trigger FMU alarms. For details, see Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 FMU alarm triggering
Alarm
ID
Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25672 Burglar
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Enter the MOD FMU command with
the GS_DISABLE(Gating Sensor
Disabled) check box in the Special
Boolean Alarm Flag drop-down list
box cleared.
2. Install the door status sensor properly
and keep the cabinet door open for
more than 10s.
25670 Water
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Run the MOD FMU command with
the WS_DISABLE(Water-
Immersed Sensor Disabled) check
box in the Special Boolean Alarm
Flag drop-down list box cleared.
2. Install the water sensor properly and
immerse the sensor probe or the
water sensor in water for more than
10s.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
Alarm
ID
Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or Triggering
Method
25671 Smoke
Alarm
Special Boolean
Alarm Flag
1. Run the MOD FMU command with
the SS_DISABLE(Smog Sensor
Disabled) check box in the Special
Boolean Alarm Flag drop-down list
box cleared.
2. Install the smoke sensor properly and
generate smoke around the smoke
sensor for more than 30s (smoke
alarms are generally difficult to
trigger).
NOTE
Smoke alarms must be manually cleared.
25600 Monitor
ing
Device
Mainten
ance
Link
Failure
None Remove the communication cable from
the COM_IN port on the PMU for 1
minute.
25602 Sensor
Failure
Special Analog
Alarm Flag
Remove the temperature sensor from the
TEMP port on the FMU.
25673 Fan
Stalled
None Remove a normal fan.
25656 Cabinet
Air Inlet
Temper
ature
Unaccep
table
Upper threshold for
cabinet air inlet
temperature alarms
(60 by default) and
lower threshold for
cabinet air inlet
temperature alarms
(-20 by default)
Trigger the cabinet air inlet temperature
to be greater than the upper threshold or
to be less than the lower threshold (this
alarm is difficult to trigger because the
upper and lower thresholds cannot be
changed).
25655 Cabinet
Air
Outlet
Temper
ature
Unaccep
table
Upper threshold for
cabinet air outlet
temperature alarms
(80 by default) and
lower threshold for
cabinet air outlet
temperature alarms
(-20 by default)
Trigger the cabinet air outlet temperature
to be greater than the upper threshold or
to be less than the lower threshold (this
alarm is difficult to trigger because the
upper and lower thresholds cannot be
changed).
25601 Monitor
ing
Device
Hardwar
e Fault
None Use a faulty monitoring board (exercise
caution when performing this
operation).
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184

----End
4.2.3 Triggering TCU Alarms
Temperature control unit (TCU) alarms include burglar, water, and smoke alarms.
Prerequisites
l The TCU is running properly.
l TCU parameters have been correctly set.
Procedure
l Trigger TCU alarms. For details, see Table 4-3.
Table 4-3 TCU alarm triggering
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25672 Burglar
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Enter the MOD TCU command
with the GS_DISABLE
(Gating Sensor Disabled)
check box in the Special
Boolean Alarm Flag drop-
down list box cleared.
2. Install the door status sensor
properly and keep the cabinet
door open for more than 10s.
25670 Water
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Run the MOD TCU command
with the WS_DISABLE
(Water-Immersed Sensor
Disabled) check box in the
Special Boolean Alarm Flag
drop-down list box cleared.
2. Install the water sensor properly
and immerse the sensor probe or
the water sensor in water for
more than 10s.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25671 Smoke
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Run the MOD TCU command
with the SS_DISABLE(Smog
Sensor Disabled) check box in
the Special Boolean Alarm
Flag drop-down list box cleared.
2. Install the smoke sensor
properly and generate smoke
around the smoke sensor for
more than 30s (smoke alarms
are generally difficult to
trigger).
NOTE
Smoke alarms must be manually
cleared.
25628 AC Surge
Protector
Fault
None l Disconnect the alarm cable from
a surge protector that can be
independently maintained.
l Use a faulty surge protector that
cannot be independently
maintained.
25600 Monitorin
g Device
Maintena
nce Link
Failure
None Keep the communication cable
disconnected from the COM_IN
port on the TCU for 1 minute.
25601 Monitorin
g Device
Hardware
Fault
None Use a faulty monitoring board
(exercise caution when performing
this operation).
25602 Sensor
Failure
Special Analog Alarm
Flag
Remove the temperature sensor
from the TEMP port on the TCU.
25655 Cabinet
Air Outlet
Temperat
ure
Unaccept
able
Upper threshold for
cabinet air outlet
temperature alarms
(80 by default) and
lower threshold for
cabinet air outlet
temperature alarms
(-20 by default)
1. Run the DSP TCU command to
query the current air outlet
temperature.
2. Run the MOD TCU command
to set the upper threshold for
cabinet air outlet temperature
alarms to be less than the current
air outlet temperature or the
lower threshold for cabinet air
outlet temperature alarms to be
greater than the current air outlet
temperature.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25673 Fan
Stalled
None Remove a normal fan.

----End
4.2.4 Triggering EMU Alarms
Environment monitoring unit (EMU) alarms include infrared, water, and smoke alarms.
Prerequisites
l The EMU is running properly.
l EMU parameters have been correctly set.
Context
To trigger EMU alarms, turn on the related alarm switches.
Procedure
l Trigger EMU alarms. For details, see Table 4-4.
Table 4-4 EMU alarm triggering
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25672 Burglar
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Enter the MOD EMU
command with the
GS_DISABLE(Gating
Sensor Disabled) check
box in the Special Boolean
Alarm Flag drop-down list
box cleared.
2. Install the door status
sensor properly and keep
the cabinet door open for
more than 10s.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25672 Burglar
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Run the MOD EMU
command with the
IS_DISABLE(Infrared
Sensor Disabled) check
box in the Special Boolean
Alarm Flag drop-down list
box cleared.
2. Use either of the following
methods to trigger this
alarm:
l Install the infrared
sensor properly and
move in its monitoring
area.
l Do not install the
infrared sensor and
short-circuit the infrared
sensor port.
25670 Water
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Run the MOD EMU
command with the
WS_DISABLE(Water-
Immersed Sensor
Disabled) check box in the
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag drop-down list box
cleared.
2. Install the water sensor
properly and immerse the
sensor probe or the water
sensor in water for more
than 10s.
25671 Smoke
Alarm
Special Boolean Alarm
Flag
1. Run the MOD EMU
command with the
SS_DISABLE(Smog
Sensor Disabled) check
box in the Special Boolean
Alarm Flag drop-down list
box cleared.
2. Install the smoke sensor
properly and generate
smoke around the smoke
sensor for more than 30s
(smoke alarms are
generally difficult to
trigger).
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
Alarm ID Alarm
Name
Alarm Triggering
Parameter
Default Alarm Value or
Triggering Method
25651 Ambient
Humidit
y
Unaccep
table
Ambient humidity 1. Run the LST EMU
command to query the
threshold for ambient
humidity alarms.
2. Run the DSP EMU
command to query the
current ambient humidity.
3. Run the MOD EMU
command to set the
threshold for ambient
humidity alarms to be
greater than or less than the
current ambient humidity.
25650 Ambient
Tempera
ture
Unaccep
table
Ambient temperature 1. Run the LST EMU
command to query the
threshold for ambient
temperature alarms.
2. Run the DSP EMU
command to query the
current ambient
temperature.
3. Run the MOD EMU
command to set the
threshold for ambient
temperature alarms to be
greater than or less than the
current ambient
temperature.
25600 Monitori
ng
Device
Mainten
ance
Link
Failure
None Keep the communication cable
disconnected from the
COM_IN port on the EMU for
1 minute.

NOTE
Burglar, infrared, and smoke alarms must be manually cleared.
----End
4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators
This section describes how to check the status of indicators to determine whether the eNodeB
is running properly.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
Context
Indicator status of the functional eNodeB
If the status of the indicators on the boards or auxiliary devices is the same as that shown in
Table 4-5, the eNodeB is running properly.
Table 4-5 Indicator status of the functional eNodeB
Indicator Status
RUN indicator on each board in the BBU Blinking (on for 1s and off for 1s)
Status of the ALM indicators on the LMPT,
UMPT, LBBP, UTRP, PMU, AFMU and
EMUA
Off
STATE indicator on the FAN of the
BBU3900
Blinking green
CPRI indicator on the LBBP Steady green
ACT indicator on the LMPT/UMPT Steady on
VSWR indicator on the RRU/RFU Off
Indicator on the USB flash drive Steady on

Indicator status for common faults
Figure 4-9 shows the indicator status for common faults.
Figure 4-9 Indicator status for common faults

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
Procedure
Step 1 Check the indicator on each board in the BBU.
1. Check the RUN indicator on each board.
If the RUN
Indicator Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Blinking (on for 1s
and off for 1s)
The board is running
properly.
Go to Step 1.2.
Steady on The board is starting
up.
Wait until the board startup is
complete.
Blinking (on for
0.125s and off for
0.125s)
The board is loading
software, or the board
is in the incorrect slot.
Wait 5 minutes and then check the
status of the RUN indicator again.
If the RUN indicator is still blinking
(on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s),
check whether the board is inserted into
the correct slot. If not, reinstall the
board.
Off The power supply is
unavailable, or the
board is faulty.
l Check whether the eNodeB has
been powered on. If not, power on
the eNodeB.
l Reinstall the board to check
whether the fault is rectified. If the
fault persists, replace the board.

2. Check the ALM indicators on the LMPT, UMPT, LBBP and UTRP.
If the ALM
Indicator Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Off The LMPT, UMPT,
LBBP and UTRP are
functioning properly.
Go to Step 1.3.
Steady on The LMPT, UMPT,
LBBP or UTRP is
faulty.
Reinstall the board to check whether
the fault is rectified. If the fault persists,
replace the board.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
If the ALM
Indicator Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Blinking An alarm is generated,
and the alarm may be
caused by an
associated board or
port fault. Therefore,
you must identify the
fault before replacing
the board.
l Check whether the RUN indicators
on the other boards are blinking
quickly.
If the RUN indicator on the
EMUA is blinking quickly,
check the RS485 signal cable
connection.
Check the RUN indicators on
the LMPT, UMPT and
LBBP.
l Check the connection between the
dry contact alarm signal cable and
the corresponding port on the
UPEU.
l Reinstall the LBBP, LMPT and
UMPT to check whether the fault is
rectified.
l If the GPS antenna system is
configured, check whether it is
properly connected.

3. Check the STATE indicator on the FAN.
If the STATE
Indicator Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Blinking green The module is
functioning properly.
Go to Step 1.4.
Blinking red The module is faulty. Reinstall the board to check whether
the fault is rectified. If the fault
persists, replace the board.

4. Check the CPRI indicator on the LBBP.
If the CPRI Indicator
Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Steady green The common public radio
interface (CPRI) link is
functional, and the RRU
and LRFU are functional.
Go to Step 1.5.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
If the CPRI Indicator
Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Red indicator off The optical module is not
configured properly or
powered on, or no cable is
connected to the optical
module. Or the indicator is
faulty.
If the RRU or LRFU is
connected to this port,
check whether the
installation conforms to the
configuration plan.
l If the installation does
not conform to the
configuration plan,
reinstall the RRU
according to the
configuration plan.
l If the installation
conforms to the
configuration plan,
replace the boards.
Steady red The optical module does
not receive or send data
correctly, the CPRI
connection is faulty, or the
optical cable is broken.
Handle the alarm according
to the related suggestions.
For details, see eNodeB
Alarm Reference
Blinking red (on for 1s and
off for 1s)
The CPRI link is out of
lock, or the RRU or LRFU
on the CPRI link reports
VSWR alarms.
If the ACT indicator is in
the testing state (on for 1s
and off for 1s), handle the
alarm according to the
related suggestions. If the
ACT indicator is not in the
testing state, the CPRI link
is unlocked due to dual-
clock-source lock or
incompatible CPRI rate.
For details, see the eNodeB
Alarm Reference.
Blinking red (on for 0.25s
and off for 0.25s)
The RRU or LRFU
hardware on the CPRI link
is faulty.
Handle the alarm according
to the related suggestions,
see eNodeB Alarm
Reference

5. Check the ACT indicators on the LMPT and UMPT.
If the ACT Indicator Is... It Indicates that... Then...
Steady on The board is running
properly.
Go to Step 2.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
If the ACT Indicator Is... It Indicates that... Then...
Off The board is not activated. l Check whether the
eNodeB is powered on.
If not, power on the
board.
l Check whether the
board is configured. If
not, configure the
board.
l Check whether the
board is manually
blocked. If it is, unblock
the board.
Blinking at 4 Hz (on for
0.125s and off for 0.125s)
The OM channel is faulty. Check the OM channel and
rectify the fault.
Blinking at 4 Hz (blinking
for 2s and off for 2s,
blinking for 2s means on for
0.125s and off for 0.125s.)
The service is not ready. l Check the cell status. If
the cell is not activated,
activate the cell. If the
Cell Unavailable alarm
is generated, handle the
alarm according to the
related suggestions.
l Check whether the S1
interface is normal. If
not, handle the alarm
according to the related
suggestions.

Step 2 Check the ALM indicator on the PMU, AFMU or EMUA.
If the ALM
Indicator Is...
It Indicates that... Then...
Off The module or the
device is functioning
properly.
The check is complete.
Steady on The module or the
device is faulty.
Reinstall the module or power on the
device again to check whether the fault is
cleared.
If the fault persists, record the fault and
the indicator status in the Data Sheet for
Commissioning. Then, clear the fault on
the LMT or M2000.

----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
4.4 Configuring the Preconfigurationn File
This section describes how to configure the preconfiguration file.
Procedure
Step 1 Enter the board software package name.
In the PRECONFIG of the preconfiguration file, enter the board software package name based
on the format ALL=XXXX.
NOTE
.
l XXXX indicates the board software package name.
l Querying the board software package name: The board software package name corresponding to a
board type can be queried by checking the notes in the preconfiguration file. The notes in the
preconfiguration file are classified based on the format ;AAAA:BBBB. BBBB indicates the board
type. AAAA indicates the corresponding board software package name. For example, in the
note ;LRRUFDD:LRFU,RRU3808,RRU3201/RRU3203, the board software package name of
RRU3201 is LRRUFDD.
l If multiple board software packages are downloaded, use the character "|" to separate the names. For
example, ALL=1800|LRRUFDD..
Step 2 Enter the LMT complete package downloading information in WEBLMT.
NOTE
The value of WEBLMT can only be YES or NO (case-insensitive). If the value is YES, the LMPT supports
the download of the LMT complete package by using a USB flash drive. If the value isNO, the LMPT does
not support the download of the LMT complete package by using a USB flash drive.
----End
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption Protection to Files in
the USB Flash Drive
To prevent information leak or unauthorized modification, integrity protection or encryption
protection is required for the files in the Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive.
Prerequisites
l Files requiring encryption and integrity protection are ready in the USB flash drive.
l The USB security protection tool is ready. The tool is available in M2000 installation folder
\client\USBProtector on the computer where the M2000 client is installed.
Context
The USB security protection tool is used to apply integrity or encryption protection to selected
files or files in the specified folder. The integrity protection protects files against unauthorized
modification based on the message authentication code (MAC) value of files. Encryption
protects critical information in files using the cipher key. The instructions on integrity protection
and encryption are as follows:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
l Do not perform integrity protection on the BootROM software package, eNodeB software
package, cold patch software package, or hot patch software package. Otherwise, the
eNodeB fails to be deployed or upgraded using the USB flash drive.
l eNodeBs of version V100R005C00SPC230 or a later version support USB encryption.
When performing USB encryption, adhere to the following rules:
Do not perform encryption on BootROM software, version software, cold patches, hot
patches, or preconfiguration file Precfg.ini, no matter whether the target version of an
eNodeB supports USB encryption. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot be successfully
deployed or upgraded using the USB flash drive.
If the target version of an eNodeB does not support USB encryption, do not perform
encryption on the files in the USB flash drive. Otherwise, the eNodeB cannot be
successfully deployed or upgraded using the USB flash drive.
If the target version of an eNodeB supports USB encryption, perform encryption on the
configuration file CFGDATA.XML in the USB flash drive. Other files are encrypted
based on site requirements.
After integrity or encryption protection is applied, the file USBConf.xml is generated in the
USB flash drive. The file name is unchangeable. Based on the generated file, the eNodeB checks
the file integrity or decrypts the files in the USB flash drive.
Procedure
Step 1 Copy files from USB flash drives to the PC where the USB security protection tool is installed.
Option Description
Applying integrity and
encryption protection to
files in a single USB flash
drive
Copy files from the USB flash drive to the PC in the same
directory structure.
Applying integrity and
encryption protection to
files in multiple USB
flash drives
1. Copy files from each USB flash drive to the PC in the same
directory structure. Then mark each folder where files are
stored for identification. For example, name the folders for
storing files in the first and second USB flash drives USB1 and
USB2. The rest can be done in the same manner.
2. Store all the marked folders under the same directory on the
PC.
TIP
The USB security protection tool directly applies integrity and encryption protection to source files but it
does not support decryption of files. To ensure the usability of source files, back up these files before
applying encryption and integrity protection to them.
Example: Assume that you copy files from USB flash drives to the directory E:\USBencrypt on
the PC.
l Copy files from a single USB flash drive to the PC.
Directory Structure on the USB Flash
Drive
Directory Structure on the PC for Files
Copied from the USB Flash Drive
usb:\A E:\USBencrypt\A
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196

NOTE
A, B, and C specify the folder names on the USB flash drive and they can be BTS3900 GSM, NodeB, or
eNodeB.
l Copy files from multiple USB flash drives to the PC (for example, USB1, USB2, and USB3).
Directory Structure on the USB Flash
Drive
Directory Structure on the PC for Files
Copied from the USB Flash Drive
USB1: usb:\A E:\USBencrypt\USB1\A
USB2: usb:\B E:\USBencrypt\USB2\B
USB3: usb:\C E:\USBencrypt\USB3\C

Step 2 In the directory M2000 installation directory\client\client\USBProtector, double-click
USBProtector.exe to start the USB security protection tool.
Figure 4-10 USB security protection tool dialog box

Step 3 Continue depending on the scenario:
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
Option Description
Applying integrity and
encryption protection to
files in a single USB flash
drive
Go to steps Step 4 through Step 9.
Applying integrity and
encryption protection to
files in multiple USB
flash drives
Go to steps Step 10 through Step 12.
Step 4 In the menu bar, choose One USB Setting > Set Security Policies. The Set Security Policies
dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.
Figure 4-11 Set Security Policies dialog box

1. In the Save Path area, click to set a save path for the USBConf.xml file and then
click OK.
Note that if no save path is specified, the USBConf.xml file is saved in the directory M2000
installation directory\client\client\USBProtector by default after protection operations
are complete.
2. In the Protection Algorithm area, select algorithms to meet your individual need from the
Encryption Algorithm and Integrity Algorithm drop-down lists.
Encryption Algorithm can be DES3_CBC, AES192_CBC, or AES256_CBC. Integrity
Algorithm can be HMAC_SHA1 or HMAC_SHA256. You can choose any encryption
and integrity algorithms but the default ones are recommended.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
3. Click OK.
Step 5 In the menu bar, choose One USB Setting > Set USB Root Path to set a root path for the USB
flash drive. Then, click OK.
For example, if you copy files in the directory usb:\A from the USB flash drive to the directory
E:\USBencrypt\A on the PC for integrity and encryption protection, E:\USBencrypt\A is
considered as the corresponding USB root path on the PC.
Step 6 Click Add Files to select files to be protected in the USB root path. By default, the system applies
only integrity protection to the added files. If you need to apply encryption protection to these
files, select the IsEncrypted:Index check box.
Step 7 Click Execute Protect.
l The system applies encryption protection to files based on the specified protection algorithm
and applies integrity protection to all files in the current file list area based on the specified
integrity algorithm.
l Sizes of files remain the same before and after being encrypted because the system uses a
symmetrical encryption algorithm.
Step 8 Click OK when a dialog box is displayed indicating that the integrity and encryption protection
is complete.
After the integrity and encryption protection is complete, integrity protection codes of
corresponding files are displayed in the MAC list and the USBConf.xml file generated by the
USB security protection tool are saved in the path specified in Step 4.1.
Step 9 Copy files from the PC to the USB flash drive.
1. Delete source files from the USB flash drive and then copy files that have been protected
by using the USB security protection tool to the USB flash drive in the same directory
structure.
2. Copy the USBConf.xml file to one of the following fixed directories on the USB flash
drive
l GBTS: usb:\BTS3900 GSM\USBConf.xml
l NodeB: usb:\NodeB\USBConf.xml
l eNodeB: usb:\eNodeB\USBConf.xml
CAUTION
The USBConf.xml file must be copied to a correct path. Otherwise, the base station cannot
download files from the USB flash drive.
Step 10 In the menu bar, choose Multi USB Setting > Set Root Directory and Security Policies. The
Multi USB Protection Settings dialog box is displayed, as shown in the following figure.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
Figure 4-12 Multi USB Protection Settings dialog box

1. In the Root Path area, click to set a root path for USB flash drives. Then, click
OK.
For example, if you copy files from the USB flash drives to the directory E:
\USBencrypt on the PC for integrity and encryption protection, E:\USBencrypt is
considered as the corresponding USB root path on the PC.
2. In the Protection Algorithm area, select algorithms to meet your individual need from the
Encryption Algorithm and Integrity Algorithm drop-down lists.
Encryption Algorithm can be DES3_CBC, AES192_CBC, or AES256_CBC. Integrity
Algorithm can be HMAC_SHA1 or HMAC_SHA256. You can choose any encryption
and integrity algorithms but the default ones are recommended.
3. Click the IsEncrypted:Index check box: In the file list area, if IsEncrypted:Index is
clicked for a file, the system applies encryption protection to this file. Otherwise, the system
applies only integrity protection to the file.
The file list area only lists files that must be encrypted. If you need to encrypt other files,
go to Step 11 after the USB security protection tool finishes the integrity and encryption
protection.
4. Click Execute Protect.
5. Click OK when a dialog box is displayed indicating that the integrity and encryption
protection is complete.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
CAUTION
Do not delete or move the USBConf.xml file which has been automatically saved to a fixed
path. Otherwise, the base station cannot download files from the USB flash drives.
The following table assumes that you apply integrity and encryption protection to three
USB flash drives.
If the save path on the PC for files
copied from the three USB flash
drives is...
Then the corresponding
USBConf.xml file is saved in the
path...
USB1: E:\USBencrypt\USB1\A E:\USBencrypt\USB1\A\USBConf.xml
USB2: E:\USBencrypt\USB2\B E:\USBencrypt\USB2\B\USBConf.xml
USB3: E:\USBencrypt\USB3\C E:\USBencrypt\USB3\C\USBConf.xml

Step 11 Optional: Apply encryption protection to files not listed in the File List Area.
1. In the menu bar, choose One USB Setting > Set USB Root Path to set a root path for the
USB flash drives. Then, click OK.
For example, if you save the files for encryption protection in the directory E:\USBencrypt
\USB1\A, E:\USBencrypt\USB1\A is considered as the corresponding USB root path on
the PC.
NOTE
You can apply encryption protection to files in a single directory at a time, not in multiple directories.
2. In the menu bar, choose One USB Setting > Load Existing Configure and load the
USBConf.xml file stored in the USB root path.
3. Click Add Files, select files to be protected in the USB root path, and select the
IsEncrypted:Index check box for this file.
4. Click Execute Protect.
5. Click OK when a dialog box is displayed indicating that the integrity and encryption
protection is complete.
Step 12 Delete source files from the USB flash drives and then copy files that have been protected by
using the USB security protection tool to the USB flash drives in the same directory structure.
----End
4.6 Binding Modes Between the M2000 and the eNodeB
In eNodeB automatic discovery during PnP remote commissioning, the eNodeB periodically
sends dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) requests to the DHCP server of M2000
before the operation and maintenance channel (OMCH) is set up. After receiving the DHCP
requests, the DHCP server matches the electronic serial number (ESN), deployment ID, and
information about the latitude and longitude of the eNodeB in the request message with that in
the eNodeB deployment list. In this way, the eNodeB is bound to the M2000. This section
describes modes and process for binding an eNodeB to the M2000.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
The DHCP server binds an eNodeB to the M2000 using the ESN, deployment ID or global
positioning system (GPS) information. The priorities of these methods are arranged in a
descending order. Figure 4-13 shows the binding process.
Figure 4-13 Binding the M2000 and the eNodeB

Binding Modes
l ESN
Each eNodeB has a unique ESN, which is contained in the DHCP request sent to the DHCP
server. After receiving the DHCP request from the eNodeB, the DHCP server matches the
ESN with that in the eNodeB deployment list. If the eNodeB deployment list does not record
the ESN or the matching fails, the DHCP server only records the ESN, but does not bind
an eNodeB to the M2000. If the matching is successful, the DHCP server binds the eNodeB
to the M2000 and returns an acknowledgement to the eNodeB. After the eNodeB receives
the DHCP acknowledgement, the OMCH between the M2000 and the eNodeB is set up.
l Deployment ID
If the eNodeB bar code is scanned within 3 minutes after the eNodeB is powered on during
eNodeB deployment, the eNodeB contains the eNodeB bar code, known as the deployment
ID, in a DHCP request sent to the DHCP server. If the DHCP server fails to bind the M2000
and the eNodeB using the ESN after receiving the DHCP request, the DHCP server matches
the deployment ID in the request with that in the eNodeB deployment list. If the eNodeB
deployment list does not record the deployment ID or the matching fails, the DHCP server
binds the M2000 and the eNodeB using the GPS information. If the matching is successful,
the DHCP server first obtains the ESN from the request message and fills the ESN in the
eNodeB deployment list matching the deployment ID. After receiving another DHCP
request from the eNodeB, the DHCP server binds the M2000 and the eNodeB using the
ESN.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
l GPS
In eNodeB deployment, if the eNodeB connects to and locks the GPS, the eNodeB sends
a DHCP request containing the latitude and longitude of the eNodeB to the DHCP server.
If the DHCP server cannot use the ESN or Deployment ID for binding, it uses the received
information about the latitude and longitude of the eNodeB for matching. If the eNodeB
deployment list does not record this information or the matching fails, the DHCP server
discards the DHCP request. If the distance between the eNodeB calculated based on the
latitude and longitude of the eNodeB in the DHCP request and that calculated based on the
information in the eNodeB deployment list is less than 100 meters, the matching is
successful. Then the DHCP server first obtains the ESN from the request message and fills
the ESN in the eNodeB deployment list matching the information about the latitude and
longitude of the eNodeB. After receiving another DHCP request from the eNodeB, the
DHCP server binds the M2000 and the eNodeB using the ESN.
You must manually configure the GPS on the eNodeB to use the GPS information for the
binding. To configure the GPS, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the GPS antenna to the main control board or USCU board of the eNodeB.
2. Log in to the eNodeB on the local maintenance terminal (LMT).
3. Run the ADD GPS command to add the GPS.
4. Run the DSP GPS command to query the value of GPS Satellites Traced.
NOTE
When the value of GPS Satellites Traced is greater than 3, the latitude and longitude of the
eNodeB can be obtained and contained in DHCP requests.
4.7 Data Sheet for eNodeB Commissioning
This section provides the data sheet that is used to record the process and results of the eNodeB
commissioning. The Data Sheet for Commissioning used at different sites may be different. This
table serves as a reference only.
Table 4-6 Data sheet for eNodeB commissioning
eNodeB
name
eNodeB
ID
eNodeB
Type
ESN
Commiss
ioning
Time
Commiss
ioning
Engineer
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
Commiss
ioning
Result
Successful; Failed
Commissioning Item Conclus
ion
Handling Exceptions
Commiss
ioning
Prerequis
ites
Faults in eNodeB hardware
installation are rectified.
Yes;
No
Negotiation data of the
eNodeB to be commissioned is
added to the MME/S-GW.
Yes;
No
PnP
Remote
Commiss
ioning
Prepa
ration
Phase
The information
regarding the eNodeB,
such as name, ID, and
ESN, is reported.
Yes;
No
The eNodeB is
powered on.
Yes;
No
The eNodeB software
and related files
required for automatic
deployment are ready.
Yes;
No
The digital certificate
is ready.
Yes;
No
The security
equipment is ready.
Yes;
No
The USB storage
device is ready.
Yes;
No
Rem
ote
end
of the
eNod
eB
The ESN is bound. Yes;
No
The automatic
eNodeB
commissioning task is
complete.
Yes;
No
The eNodeB
commissioning report
is obtained.
Yes;
No
The running status of
the eNodeB is normal.
Yes;
No
The test result of the
external environment
alarm is correct.
Yes;
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
The test result of the
basic services is
correct.
Yes;
No
Local
Commiss
ioning
Using a
USB
Flash
Drive
Prepa
ration
Phase
The information
regarding the eNodeB,
such as name, ID, and
ESN, is reported.
Yes;
No
The digital certificate
is ready.
Yes;
No
The security
equipment is ready.
Yes;
No
The USB storage
device is ready.
Yes;
No
Local
end
of the
eNod
eB
The software and data
configuration file are
loaded through the
USB storage device.
Yes;
No
The eNodeB is reset. Yes;
No
The indicator status is
normal.
Yes;
No
Rem
ote
end
of the
eNod
eB
The ESN is bound. Yes;
No
The automatic
eNodeB
commissioning task is
complete.
Yes;
No
The eNodeB
commissioning report
is obtained.
Yes;
No
The running status of
the eNodeB is normal.
Yes;
No
The test result of the
external environment
alarm is correct.
Yes;
No
The test result of the
basic services is
correct.
Yes;
No
Local
Commiss
ioning on
the LMT
Prepa
ration
Phase
The information
regarding the eNodeB,
such as name, ID, and
ESN, is reported.
Yes;
No
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
The digital certificate
is ready.
Yes;
No
The security
equipment is ready.
Yes;
No
The digital certificate
is downloaded
successfully.
Yes;
No
Local
end
of the
eNod
eB
The software and data
configuration file are
loaded through the
LMT.
Yes;
No
The software is
upgraded to the target
version.
Yes;
No
All the active alarms
are cleared.
Yes;
No
The test result of the
external environment
alarm is correct.
Yes;
No
The running status of
the eNodeB is normal.
Yes;
No
The test result of the
basic services is
correct.
Yes;
No
Rem
ote
end
of the
eNod
eB
The ESN is bound. Yes;
No
The OM channel is
established.
Yes;
No
Problem Description Impact
Unsolved
Problems
After
Commiss
ioning
Component P/N
Faulty
Board
Record

eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 4 Appendix
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
206
5 FAQ
About This Chapter
This chapter describes some common problems and solutions during commissioning.
5.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash Drive
For eNodeB commissioning in hybrid mode using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive
locally and the M2000 remotely, eNodeB fails to identify the USB flash drive if the USB
indicator is off after the eNodeB is powered on and the USB flash drive is inserted.
5.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash Drive
After the eNodeB is powered on for about 5 minutes, observe the RUN indicator on the main
control board of the eNodeB and the indicator on the USB flash drive. If the RUN indicator is
not blinking on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s and the indicator on the USB flash drive is steady
off, the eNodeB fails to read files in the USB flash drive.
5.3 Failing to Activate the Software
After the eNodeB deployment is complete, log in to the eNodeB on the Web local maintenance
terminal (LMT). Then run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to check the eNodeB version
information. If the backup software version is the target version, the eNodeB succeeds in
downloading the software but fails to activate the software.
5.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the Preconfiguration File
After the eNodeB is deployed using a USB flash drive, the eNodeB does not download the board
software based on the board information configured in the preconfiguration file. For example,
based on the preconfiguration file, the Web LMT complete package should have been
downloaded. However, if you find a minimum LMT package was downloaded after logging in
to the eNodeB on the Web LMT, the eNodeB failed to download the software based on the
preconfiguration file.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 5 FAQ
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
5.1 Failing to Identify the USB Flash Drive
For eNodeB commissioning in hybrid mode using a Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drive
locally and the M2000 remotely, eNodeB fails to identify the USB flash drive if the USB
indicator is off after the eNodeB is powered on and the USB flash drive is inserted.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the eNodeB is working properly by observing the eNodeB indicator. For details,
see 4.3 Checking the Status of Indicators.
Step 2 Ensure that the USB flash drive is correctly inserted into the USB port on the LTE main
processing and transmission unit (LMPT). If an LMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure
5-1. If a UMPT is used, the USB port is shown in Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-1 USB port on the LMPT
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 5 FAQ
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
Figure 5-2 USB port on the UMPT
Step 3 Remove the USB flash drive, and power off the eNodeB.
Step 4 Wait for about 1 minute, power on the eNodeB, and then insert the USB flash drive again into
the USB port on the main control board of the eNodeB.
----End
5.2 Failing to Read Files in the USB Flash Drive
After the eNodeB is powered on for about 5 minutes, observe the RUN indicator on the main
control board of the eNodeB and the indicator on the USB flash drive. If the RUN indicator is
not blinking on for 0.125s and off for 0.125s and the indicator on the USB flash drive is steady
off, the eNodeB fails to read files in the USB flash drive.
Procedure
Step 1 Ensure that the USB flash drive meets requirements in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Tools required for the local commissioning using the USB flash drive
Tool Description
USB flash drive l The USB flash drive is equipped with an indicator that indicates
the data transmission status.
l Capacity 256 MB
l Model: The USB flash drive must be provided by Huawei.
l The USB flash drive must not provide any additional functions,
such as encryption, virus scanning, and bootstrapping. In
addition, it cannot be an MP3 player, MP4 player, or smart
phone.
l The USB flash drive used for commissioning cannot be used for
other purposes. In addition, irrelevant files, especially those with
Chinese file names, cannot be saved in the USB flash drive.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 5 FAQ
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209

Step 2 Ensure that the version software package and data configuration files are named correctly and
saved in correct paths.
Step 3 Remove the USB flash drive, and power off the eNodeB.
Step 4 Wait for about 1 minute, power on the eNodeB, and then insert the USB flash drive again into
the USB port on the main control board of the eNodeB.
----End
5.3 Failing to Activate the Software
After the eNodeB deployment is complete, log in to the eNodeB on the Web local maintenance
terminal (LMT). Then run the MML command LST SOFTWARE to check the eNodeB version
information. If the backup software version is the target version, the eNodeB succeeds in
downloading the software but fails to activate the software.
Procedure
Step 1 Local commissioning using a USB flash drive
1. Ensure that the version software package and data configuration files are named correctly
and saved in correct paths.
2. Remove the USB flash drive, and power off the eNodeB.
3. Wait for about 1 minute, power on the eNodeB, and then insert the USB flash drive again
into the USB port on the main control board of the eNodeB.
4. Deploy the eNodeB again.
Step 2 PnP remote commissioning
Ensure that the version in the eNodeB deployment list is consistent with the target version. If it
is inconsistent with the target version, change the eNodeB deployment list according to the target
version and then deploy the eNodeB again.
----End
5.4 Failing to Download the Software Based on the
Preconfiguration File
After the eNodeB is deployed using a USB flash drive, the eNodeB does not download the board
software based on the board information configured in the preconfiguration file. For example,
based on the preconfiguration file, the Web LMT complete package should have been
downloaded. However, if you find a minimum LMT package was downloaded after logging in
to the eNodeB on the Web LMT, the eNodeB failed to download the software based on the
preconfiguration file.
Procedure
Step 1 Check the information in and saving path of the preconfiguration file. If they are incorrect,
modify the preconfiguration file.
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 5 FAQ
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
Step 2 Check whether the preconfiguration file is integrity protected. If it is not integrity protected, see
4.5 Applying Integrity and Encryption Protection to Files in the USB Flash Drive.
Step 3 Delete the board information not to be downloaded from the preconfiguration file.
Step 4 Check the software version in the USB flash drive and ensure the target version is not the same
as the active version.
NOTE
If the target version is the same as the active version, the eNodeB does not read the preconfiguration file
in the USB flash drive, which leads to the failure of downloading.
----End
eNodeB
Commissioning Guide 5 FAQ
Issue 07 (2012-11-14) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
211

S-ar putea să vă placă și